82_FR_23755 82 FR 23657 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX Options Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor

82 FR 23657 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX Options Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Federal Register Volume 82, Issue 98 (May 23, 2017)

Page Range23657-23684
FR Document2017-10588

Federal Register, Volume 82 Issue 98 (Tuesday, May 23, 2017)
[Federal Register Volume 82, Number 98 (Tuesday, May 23, 2017)]
[Notices]
[Pages 23657-23684]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2017-10588]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

[Release No. 34-80720; File No. SR-BOX-2016-48]


Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX Options Exchange LLC; Notice 
of Filing of Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change To Adopt Rules 
for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor

May 18, 2017.
    On November 16, 2016, BOX Options Exchange LLC (``BOX'' or the 
``Exchange'') filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(``Commission''), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 (``Act'') \1\ and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,\2\ a 
proposed rule change to adopt rules for an open-outcry trading floor. 
The proposed rule change was published for comment in the Federal 
Register on December 05, 2016.\3\ The Commission received three comment 
letters in response to the publication of the Notice.\4\ On January 10, 
2017, the Commission extended the time period within which to approve 
the proposed rule change, disapprove the proposed rule change, or 
institute proceedings to determine whether to approve or disapprove the 
proposed rule change to March 05, 2017.\5\ On February 21, 2017, the 
Commission received a response letter from the Exchange, as well as 
Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule change.\6\ On March 1, 2017, the

[[Page 23658]]

Commission instituted proceedings to determine whether to approve or 
disapprove the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1.\7\ 
In response to the OIP, the Commission received five additional comment 
letters.\8\ On May 17, 2017, the Exchange filed Amendment No. 2 to the 
proposed rule change, which replaced and superseded the original 
filing, as modified by Amendment No. 1, in its entirety.\9\ The 
Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments from 
interested persons on Amendment No. 2. Items I and II below have been 
prepared by the Exchange. On May 18, 2017, the Commission extended the 
time period within which to approve or disapprove the proposed rule 
change to August 2, 2017.\10\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
    \2\ 17 CFR 240.19b-4.
    \3\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 79421 (November 29, 
2016), 81 FR 87607 (``Notice'').
    \4\ See letters to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Commission, from 
Angelo Evangelou, Deputy General Counsel, The Chicago Board Options 
Exchange, Inc. (``CBOE''), dated January 10, 2017; Steve 
Crutchfield, Head of Market Structure, CTC Trading Group, LLC (``CTC 
Trading''), dated December 31, 2016; and Joan C. Conley, Senior Vice 
President and Corporate Secretary, The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC 
(``Nasdaq''), dated December 22, 2016.
    \5\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 79768 (January 10, 
2017), 82 FR 4956 (January 17, 2017).
    \6\ See letter to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Commission, from 
Lisa J. Fall, President, Exchange, received February 21, 2017, and 
Amendment No. 1, dated February 21, 2017. Amendment No. 1 is 
available at: https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-box-2016-48/box201648.shtml.
    \7\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80134 (March 1, 
2017), 82 FR 12864 (March 7, 2017) (``OIP'').
    \8\ See letters to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Commission, from 
Angelo Evangelou, Deputy General Counsel, CBOE, dated April 21, 
2017; Steve Crutchfield, Head of Market Structure, CTC Trading, 
dated April 13, 2017; John Kinahan, CEO, Group One Trading, LP, 
dated April 11, 2017; Elizabeth King, General Counsel and Corporate 
Secretary, New York Stock Exchange, dated March 28, 2017; and Joan 
C. Conley, Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary, Nasdaq, 
dated March 27, 2017.
    \9\ See Amendment No. 2, dated May 17, 2017. Amendment 2 is 
available on the Exchange's Web site at http://lynxstorageaccount.blob.core.windows.net/boxvr/SE_resources/SR-BOX-2016-48_Amendment_2.pdf.
    \10\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80719 (May 18, 
2017).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance 
of the Proposed Rule Change

    The proposed rule change was filed on November 16, 2016, which was 
published in the Federal Register.\11\ The Exchange filed an Amendment 
1 to this rule change on February 21, 2017, which was published in the 
Federal Register notice along with the Order Instituting 
Proceedings.\12\ The Exchange is proposing an Amendment 2 to provide 
more specificity to the rule change. This Amendment 2 amends and 
replaces the Original Filing and Amendment 1 in their entirety.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \11\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 79421 (November 29, 
2016), 81 FR 87607 (December 5, 2016) (``Original Filing'').
    \12\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80134 (March 1, 
2017), 82 FR 12864 (March 7, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This Amendment 2 makes the following changes to the Original Filing 
as modified by Amendment 1, to: (i) Clarify that the Trading Floor will 
have a single Crowd Area; \13\ (ii) clarify that the BOX Order Gateway 
(``BOG'') is a component of the Trading Host; \14\ (iii) clarify the 
public outcry process; \15\ (iv) remove proposed Rule 7010(d); \16\ (v) 
provide clarity regarding Trading Floor admittance; \17\ (vi) provide 
more specificity on how trade-through and priority rules are enforced; 
\18\ (vii) provide clarity on the handling of orders by Floor Brokers; 
\19\ (viii) clarify the processing of orders by the Trading Host; \20\ 
(ix) include the requirement of the presence of a Floor Market Maker 
when a Floor Broker announces an order; \21\ (x) include the 
requirement of a Floor Broker to pass an examination as part of the 
registration process; \22\ (xi) provide clarity on the allocation 
process; \23\ (xii) provide additional detail on orders from the 
Trading Floor; \24\ (xiii) clarify the submission parameters and 
process of a QOO Order; \25\ (xiv) clarify that orders are announced on 
the Trading Floor; \26\ (xv) clarify the guarantee provision; \27\ 
(xvi) clarify that combination orders are Complex Orders; \28\ (xvii) 
clarify priority in the trading crowd; \29\ (xviii) clarify that 
single-sided orders may be represented on the Trading Floor; \30\ (xix) 
remove proposed Rule 7620; \31\ (xx) remove the continuous electronic 
quoting obligation; \32\ (xxi) clarify that orders for covered accounts 
\33\ relying on an exemption under Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Exchange 
Act (the ``G Exemption'') are not allowed when the Trading Floor is 
utilized; \34\ (xxii) clarify the responsibilities of an Options 
Exchange Official; \35\ (xxiii) clarify certain rules related to 
behavior on the Trading Floor; \36\ (xxiv) provide certain data to the 
SEC with respect to activity on the Trading Floor; and (xxv) make 
grammatical changes to the rule text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \13\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 100(a)(67), 
7660(i), and IM-8510-2(b). The Commission notes that Exhibits 3, 4, 
and 5, which were submitted with Amendment No. 2, are available on 
the Commission's Web site at https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro/box.htm.
    \14\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 100(b)(2), 
7580(e)(2), 7600(c), IM-7580-2, and 8510(i).
    \15\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 100(b)(5).
    \16\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7010(d).
    \17\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7520.
    \18\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule7600(a).
    \19\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7580(e).
    \20\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 100(b)(2), 
100(b)(3), 7240(b)(3)(iii), 7580(e), 7600(a), 7600(c), and 8510(i).
    \21\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7580(a).
    \22\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 2020(h) and 
7550.
    \23\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7600(a), 
7600(d), and 7600(h).
    \24\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7600 and 
7580(e).
    \25\ As described in greater detail below, the Exchange is 
proposing to adopt a Qualified Open Outcry (``QOO'') Order type. All 
orders executed from the Trading Floor must be QOO Orders. See 
changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7600(c).
    \26\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7580(e)(1), 
7580(e)(2), 7600(a), 7600(b), IM-7600-1, 7640(b), 8510(i), and IM-
8510-2(b).
    \27\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7600(f).
    \28\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7580(c), IM-
7590-1, 7600(f)(2), and IM-7600-1(d).
    \29\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7610(d)(1) and 
IM-7600-1(c).
    \30\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7580(e)(1), 
7580(e)(2), and IM-7600-4.
    \31\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7620 and IM-
7600-5.
    \32\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 8500(a) and 
8510(c)(1).
    \33\ A ``covered account'' is the member's account, the account 
of an associated person, or an account with respect to which it or 
an associated person thereof exercises investment discretion.
    \34\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7620(d), IM-
7600-5, and 8510(h).
    \35\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 100(b)(6).
    \36\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 8510(h)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to clarify that the Trading 
Floor will have a single Crowd Area where all option classes will be 
located.\37\ The Exchange believes this change will provide greater 
clarity on how the Trading Floor will be organized by removing the 
Exchange's discretion to have multiple Crowd Areas. The Exchange 
believes this change is reasonable as it adds more clarity to the rule 
text by making clear in the rules the number of Crowd Areas on the 
Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \37\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 100(a)(67), 
7660(i), and IM-8510-2(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to clarify that the BOG is a 
component of the Trading Host.\38\ The Exchange believes that this 
change will provide greater clarity on the relationship between the BOG 
and Trading Host. Specifically, the Exchange believes clarifying that 
the BOG is a component of the Trading Host will provide greater detail 
on how QOO Orders submitted by Floor Brokers are processed by the 
Trading Host. The Exchange believes this change is reasonable as it 
adds more clarity to the rule text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \38\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 100(b)(2), 
7580(e)(2), 7600(c), IM-7580-2, and 8510(i).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending rule text to clarify the public outcry 
process on the Trading Floor.\39\ The proposed change

[[Page 23659]]

will provide how long a Floor Participant has to respond to a Floor 
Broker when an order is announced and additional details on the public 
outcry process. Specifically, a Floor Broker must a give a Floor 
Participant a reasonable amount of time to respond. The Exchange 
believes this change is reasonable as it adds clarity and removes any 
potential confusion from the rule text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \39\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 100(b)(5).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to remove proposed Rule 
7010(d).\40\ The Exchange is removing the proposed Rule because it is 
not necessary. Specifically, the proposed Rule provides that the Board 
may impose a charge upon Options Participants measured by their 
respective net commissions on transactions effected on the Trading 
Floor of the Exchange. The Exchange does not believe the provision is 
necessary because the Exchange does not intend to charge fees based on 
net commissions.\41\ The Exchange believes this change is reasonable as 
it removes a proposed Rule that is not necessary for the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \40\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7010(d).
    \41\ The Exchange notes that this proposed change does not 
prevent the Exchange from charging fees on the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to provide clarity regarding 
Trading Floor admittance.\42\ The proposed change makes clear that the 
Exchange must follow applicable disciplinary rules and procedures when 
the Exchange withdraws existing approval to access the Trading Floor. 
The Exchange believes this change is reasonable as it adds clarity to 
the rule text by providing additional detail on the admittance process 
of the Exchange and the existing disciplinary rules that are 
applicable.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \42\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7520.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to provide more specificity 
on how trade-through and priority rules are enforced.\43\ The proposed 
changes will make clear that the Trading Host will enforce trade-
through and priority rules in the same manner for QOO Orders as the 
Trading Host does for all other orders on BOX. As is the case with all 
orders on BOX, the QOO Order is validated when the QOO Order is 
received by the Trading Host.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \43\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7600(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending rule text to provide clarity on the 
handling of orders by Floor Brokers.\44\ The Exchange is amending the 
rule text to make clear that Floor Brokers must comply with certain 
requirements when representing an order on the Trading Floor. The 
Exchange notes that the proposed change does not impose any new 
requirements, but simply seeks to clarify the rules surrounding Floor 
Broker order handling requirements. As such, the Exchange believes that 
these changes are reasonable as they provide clarity to the rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \44\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7580(e).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text describing the processing of 
an order by the Trading Host.\45\ As part of this clarifying change, 
the Exchange is amending the rule text on how orders are submitted from 
the Trading Floor. The Exchange is making this change because a QOO 
Order is not executed until the Trading Host processes the QOO Order as 
opposed to when it is announced on the Trading Floor. Additionally, the 
Exchange is amending the rule text to make clear that all options 
transactions on BOX are executed automatically by the Trading Host. The 
Exchange believes these changes are reasonable as they eliminate 
confusion and provide clarity to the rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \45\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 100(b)(2), 
100(b)(3), 7240(b)(3)(iii), 7580(e), 7600(a), 7600(c), and 8510(i).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to include the requirement 
of the presence of a Floor Market Maker when a Floor Broker announces 
an order.\46\ This proposed change is designed to better align the 
Exchange's rules with those of another options exchange.\47\ The 
Exchange believes this change is reasonable as it enhances consistency 
between the Exchange's proposed rules and existing rules at another 
exchange with a trading floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \46\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7580(a).
    \47\ See NASDAQ PHLX LLC (``PHLX'') Rule 1063(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to include the requirement 
of a Floor Broker to pass an examination as part of the registration 
process.\48\ In the Original Filing, the Exchange was proposing to make 
Floor Broker examinations discretionary, which was a departure from 
another options exchange with a trading floor. Therefore, the Exchange 
believes this change is reasonable as it enhances consistency between 
the exchange's proposed rules and existing rules of another exchange 
with a trading floor.\49\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \48\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 2020(h) and 
7550.
    \49\ See PHLX Rule 1061.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending rule text to provide additional detail on 
orders from the Trading Floor.\50\ The proposed change provides details 
of how a Floor Broker may execute orders from the Trading Floor. The 
proposed change also provides additional details on a Floor Broker's 
responsibility to announce an order to the trading crowd. Additionally, 
as part of this proposed change, the Exchange is moving proposed Rule 
7580(e)(3) and combining it with proposed Rule 7600(a) in order to make 
the rule text clearer. The Exchange believes the proposed change is 
reasonable as it provides additional detail and clarity to the rule 
text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \50\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7600 and 
7580(e).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to provide clarity on the 
allocation process.\51\ The allocation process has not changed from the 
Original Filing; the proposed change is clarifying the timing and 
procedure that a Floor Broker must use on the Trading Floor. 
Specifically, the executing Floor Broker is responsible for providing 
the correct allocation of the initiating side of the QOO Order to an 
Options Exchange Official or his or her designee who will properly 
record the order in the Exchange's system. Additionally, the proposed 
change reformatted the rule text to make it clearer for Participants. 
As part of this change, the Exchange is clearly laying out how the 
initiating side of the QOO Order is allocated. The Exchange is also 
clarifying the rule text language with respect to the book sweep size. 
The Exchange believes that these changes are reasonable because they 
add clarity and provides additional detail to the rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \51\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7600(a), 
7600(d), and 7600(h).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to clarify the submission 
parameters and process of a QOO Order.\52\ This proposed change is 
designed to provide additional clarity on how the open-outcry process 
on the Trading Floor will occur. Specifically, the Exchange is adding 
rule text requiring a Floor Broker to submit the QOO Order to the BOG 
without undue delay. Although the Original Filing did not specifically 
state this, it was generally understood that a Floor Broker would 
submit the QOO Order to the BOG after announcement and would not 
unreasonably delay the submission, provided that the executing Floor 
Broker allows adequate time for Floor Participants to participate in 
the transaction as provided in proposed Rule 100(b)(5). The Exchange is 
also providing additional detail on the requirements for submitting a 
Complex

[[Page 23660]]

QOO Order. As part of this proposed change, the Exchange is also making 
certain clarifying changes to the rule text. As such, the Exchange 
believes the change is reasonable since it provides additional clarity 
to the rules by codifying this requirement of Floor Brokers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \52\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7600(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to clarify that orders are 
announced on the Trading Floor.\53\ This proposed rule change is 
designed to clarify when an execution occurs. In the Original Filing, 
the Exchange used the terms ``executed'', ``announced'' and 
``represented'' on the Trading Floor interchangeably. In actuality, an 
order is announced on the Trading Floor but not executed; the execution 
occurs when the QOO Order is processed by the Trading Host. 
Additionally, a Floor Broker may represent an order on the Trading 
Floor, however, this only means he is holding the order and does not 
necessarily mean he is announcing the order for execution. The Exchange 
believes that these clarifications are reasonable since they are 
designed to clarify and remove confusion from the rule text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \53\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7580(e)(2), 
7600(a), 7600(b), IM-7600-1, 7640(b), 8510(i), and IM-8510-2(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text related to guarantees.\54\ 
Specifically, the Exchange is amending the rule text to remove language 
that may lead to confusion among Floor Participants. The Exchange 
believes this change is reasonable as it provides clarity to the rule 
text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \54\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7600(f).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to clarify that combination 
orders, including spreads, straddles, and stock options, are Complex 
Orders.\55\ The Exchange is making this change in order to clarify the 
usage of certain terms throughout the Exchange's Rulebook. The Exchange 
believes that this minor change is designed to provide clarity in the 
rules and is reasonable.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \55\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7580(c), IM-
7590-1, 7600(f)(2), and IM-7600-1(d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to clarify priority in the 
trading crowd.\56\ Specifically, the proposed change clarifies that it 
is the responsibility of the Floor Participant who established the 
market to alert the Floor Broker of the fact that the Floor Participant 
has priority when a Floor Broker announces an order to the trading 
crowd. The Exchange believes this change is reasonable because it will 
provide clarity and guidance to Floor Participants on the requirements 
of the rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \56\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7610(d)(1) and 
IM-7600-1(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to clarify that single-sided 
orders may be represented on the Trading Floor.\57\ Single-sided orders 
have always been allowed on the Trading Floor; however, the Original 
Filing was silent on whether they may be represented on the Trading 
Floor. This proposed change is simply codifying that single-sided 
orders are allowed on the Trading Floor and, therefore, the Exchange 
believes the change is reasonable.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \57\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule IM-7600-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is removing proposed Rule 7620.\58\ Proposed Rule 7620 
is not necessary since orders executed by Floor Brokers from the 
Trading Floor must be QOO Orders processed by the Trading Host and 
proposed Rule 7600 provides adequate details on the process of 
executing orders from the Trading Floor. Specifically, paragraph (a) of 
proposed Rule 7620 is covered by proposed Rule 7600(d)(2) and paragraph 
(b) is covered by proposed Rule 7600(d)(3)(ii). Paragraph (c) was 
inadvertently included. Paragraph (c) provides that bids and offers of 
non-Public Customers on the BOX Book ranked behind any Public Customer 
Orders at the same price have last priority. This provision is not 
applicable to the Trading Floor because the executing Floor Broker has 
last priority on the Trading Floor, not bids and offers of non-Public 
Customers on the BOX Book ranked behind any Public Customer Orders at 
the same price.\59\ Lastly, paragraph (d) is being moved to proposed 
IM-7600-5. The Exchange believes this proposed change is reasonable as 
it removes unnecessary rule text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \58\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7620 and IM-
7600-5.
    \59\ At the same price, bids and offers of non-Public Customers 
on the BOX Book ranked behind any Public Customer Orders are not 
allocated to orders from the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending rule text to remove the continuous 
electronic quoting obligation for Floor Market Makers.\60\ The proposed 
change will better align the rule text with that of other exchanges 
with trading floors that do not have electronic quoting requirements 
for Floor Market Makers. As such, the Exchange believes this change is 
reasonable as it enhances consistency between the Exchange's proposed 
Rule and existing rules at other exchanges with trading floors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \60\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 8500(a) and 
8510(c)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending the rule text to clarify that orders for 
covered accounts relying on an exemption under Section 11(a)(1)(G) of 
the Exchange Act (the ``G Exemption'') are not allowed on the Trading 
Floor.\61\ The Exchange is proposing this change to clarify that 
Participants may not utilize the Trading Floor to effect certain 
transactions. The Exchange is providing this information to Floor 
Brokers to provide clarity on applicable restrictions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \61\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules 7620(d), IM-
7600-5, and 8510(h).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending rule text to clarify the responsibilities 
of an Options Exchange Official.\62\ The Exchange is proposing this 
change to make clear the authority of Options Exchange Officials on the 
Trading Floor. The Exchange believes the proposed change is reasonable 
as it is clarifying the authority of the Options Exchange Officials and 
not proposing any change to their authority.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \62\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 100(b)(6).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is amending rule text to clarify certain rules related 
to behavior on the Trading Floor.\63\ This change is designed to 
clarify the rule text where the potential for confusion exists. The 
Exchange believes this change is reasonable as it clarifies the rule 
text and removes the possibility of confusion.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \63\ See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 8510(h)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing to provide data to the SEC with respect 
to activity on the Trading Floor. Specifically, the Exchange will 
provide information regarding size, participation, and price 
improvement by spread and trade type, effective spread, Floor Market 
Maker participation, and BOX Book participation. This information will 
be provided on a confidential basis with non-firm specific information 
being available quarterly on the Exchange's Web site.
    Lastly, the Exchange is proposing to make various grammatical 
changes to the rule text. The changes are simply designed to correct 
errors in the rule text.
    The text of the proposed rule change is available from the 
principal office of the Exchange, at the Commission's Public Reference 
Room and also on the Exchange's Internet Web site at http://boxexchange.com.

II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and 
Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change

    In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization 
included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the 
proposed rule change

[[Page 23661]]

and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The 
text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in 
Item IV below. The self-regulatory organization has prepared summaries, 
set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant 
aspects of such statements.

A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and 
Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change

1. Purpose
    The Exchange is proposing to adopt rules to allow for open-outcry 
trading on a physical trading floor (``Trading Floor''). The Exchange 
notes that this is not a novel proposal and that other exchanges 
currently offer open-outcry trading in addition to electronic 
trading.\64\ The Exchange is proposing a hybrid model similar to these 
other exchanges.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \64\ NYSE Arca, Inc. (``NYSE Arca''), PHLX, Chicago Board 
Options Exchange, Incorporated (``CBOE''), and NYSE MKT LLC (``NYSE 
MKT'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

General
    The Exchange is proposing various changes to the definition section 
of the Rulebook to accommodate the proposed Trading Floor. First, the 
Exchange is proposing to define ``Floor Participant'' as Floor Brokers 
as defined in Rule 7540 and Floor Market Makers as defined in Rule 
8510(b).\65\ The Exchange is proposing to define ``Trading Floor'' or 
``Options Floor'' as the physical trading floor of the Exchange located 
in Chicago.\66\ The Trading Floor shall consist of one ``Crowd Area'' 
or ``Pit'' where all option classes will be located. The Crowd Area or 
Pit shall be marked with specific visible boundaries on the Trading 
Floor, as determined by the Exchange. A Floor Broker must open outcry 
an order in the Crowd Area.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \65\ See proposed Rule 100(a)(26).
    \66\ See proposed Rule 100(a)(67).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing to add the definition of ``Presiding 
Exchange Officials.'' \67\ Specifically, the President of the Exchange 
and his or her designated staff shall be responsible for monitoring: 
(1) Dealings of Floor Participants and their associated persons on the 
Trading Floor, and of the premises of the Exchange immediately adjacent 
thereto; (2) the activities of Floor Participants and their associated 
persons, and shall establish standards and procedures for the training 
and qualification of Floor Participants and their associated persons 
active on the Trading Floor; (3) all Trading Floor employees of Floor 
Brokers and Floor Market Makers, and shall make and enforce such rules 
with respect to such employees as may be deemed necessary; (4) all 
connections or means of communications with the Trading Floor and may 
require the discontinuance of any such connection or means of 
communication when, in the opinion of the President or his or her 
designee, it is contrary to the welfare or interest of the Exchange; 
(5) the location of equipment and the assignment and use of space on 
the Trading Floor; and (6) relations with other options exchanges. The 
Exchange is also proposing that any Exchange employee or officer 
designated as an Options Exchange Official will from time to time as 
provided in these rules have the ability to recommend and enforce rules 
and regulations relating to trading access, order, decorum, health, 
safety and welfare on the Exchange.\68\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \67\ See proposed Rule 100(b)(1). Proposed Rule 100(b)(1) is 
based on PHLX Rule 1000(e).
    \68\ See proposed Rule 100(b)(6). Proposed Rule 100(b)(6) is 
based on NYSE Arca Rule 6.1(b)(34).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

BOX Order Gateway
    Next, the Exchange is proposing to add a definition for the ``BOX 
Order Gateway.'' The BOX Order Gateway (``BOG'') is a component of the 
Trading Host \69\ which enables Floor Brokers and/or their employees to 
enter transactions on the Trading Floor.\70\ Specifically, a Floor 
Broker will have a connection to the BOG giving the Floor Broker the 
ability to submit orders to the Trading Host. Once orders are submitted 
through the BOG they are immediately processed by the Trading Host. The 
Trading Host will establish an electronic audit trail for options 
orders represented and executed by Floor Brokers.\71\ The audit trail 
will provide an accurate, time-sequenced record of all orders from the 
Trading Floor, beginning with the receipt of an order by the Exchange, 
and further documenting the life of the order. Additional information 
on the requirements for Floor Broker's audit trail requirements are 
described in greater detail below. Additionally, the Exchange is 
proposing to clarify that all transactions executed on the Exchange 
shall be executed automatically by the Trading Host pursuant to Rule 
7130 or 7600.\72\ The Exchange is also proposing to clarify that bids 
and offers on the Trading Floor, to be effective, must be made by 
public outcry on the Trading Floor and that all bids and offers shall 
be general ones and shall not be specified for acceptance by particular 
Floor Participants.\73\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \69\ The term ``Trading Host'' means the automated trading 
system used by BOX for the trading of options contracts. See Rule 
100(a)66.
    \70\ See proposed Rule 100(b)(2). Proposed Rule 100(b)(2) is 
based on PHLX Rule 1080.06. Proposed Rule 100(b)(2) is slightly 
different to PHLX Rule 1080.06 to account for the fact that all 
orders from the Trading Floor are not deemed executed until they are 
processed by the Trading Host. Specifically, with respect to 
providing a time-sequenced record, the Exchange is not including the 
distinction between electronic and other orders, and quotations on 
the trading floor. The Exchange is not including these references 
because, as mentioned above, all orders from the Trading Floor are 
electronic and not deemed executed until they are processed by the 
Trading Host.
    \71\ To be clear, the execution of an order represented on the 
Trading Floor does not occur until the order is processed by the 
Trading Host.
    \72\ See proposed Rule 100(b)(3). Proposed Rule 100(b)(3) is 
based on PHLX Rule 1000(f). The Exchange notes that PHLX includes 
additional methods for executions on PHLX's Trading Floor that BOX 
is not including in proposed Rule 100(b)(3). The Exchange does not 
believe that these methods are necessary as the Exchange believes 
that all transactions from the Trading Floor shall be processed by 
the Trading Host to ensure an accurate and complete audit trail.
    \73\ See proposed Rule 100(b)(4). Proposed Rule 100(b)(4) is 
based on PHLX Rule 1000(g). The Exchange notes that PHLX includes 
information about bidding and offering electronically as well as in 
public outcry; however, the Exchange is only proposing to include 
information about public outcry. BOX already has rules in place that 
govern electronic bidding and offering and therefore there is no 
need to mention it in proposed Rule 100(b)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is also proposing to provide details on how the public 
outcry process will work on the Trading Floor. Specifically, the 
Exchange is proposing that bids and offers must be made in an audible 
tone of voice and a Floor Market Maker shall be considered ``out'' on a 
bid or offer if he does not affirmatively respond to the Floor Broker 
who is announcing the order, provided that a Floor Broker must give a 
Floor Participant a reasonable amount of time to respond.\74\ A 
``reasonable

[[Page 23662]]

amount of time'' will be interpreted on a case-by-case basis by an 
Options Exchange Official based on current market conditions and 
trading activity on the Trading Floor. A Floor Participant who is 
bidding and offering in immediate and rapid succession shall be deemed 
``in'' until he says ``out'' on either bid or offer. Once the trading 
crowd has provided a quote, it will remain in effect until: (i) A 
reasonable amount of time has passed, or (ii) there is a significant 
change in the price of the underlying security, or (iii) the market 
given in response to the request has been improved. In the case of a 
dispute, the term ``significant change'' will be interpreted on a case-
by-case basis by an Options Exchange Official based upon the extent of 
recent trading in the option and, in the case of equity and index 
options, in the underlying security, and any other relevant factors. A 
Floor Participant must verbalize that he is ``in'' after a Floor Broker 
announces an order, even if a valid quote has been provided by the 
Floor Participant prior to the announcement of the order by a Floor 
Broker.\75\ The Exchange believes that requiring the Floor Participant 
to confirm that they are still ``in'' after providing a valid quote 
will ensure that a Floor Participant is only participating in trades 
that he intends.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \74\ See proposed Rule 100(b)(5). Proposed Rule 100(b)(5) is 
based on PHLX Rule 1000(g). The Exchange notes that proposed Rule 
100(b)(5) is slightly different to PHLX Rule 1000(g). Specifically, 
PHLX Rule 1000(g) considers a member to be ``in'' on a bid or offer 
while he remains at the post, unless he shall distinctly and audibly 
say ``out.'' The Exchange is requiring the Floor Market Maker to 
make an affirmative assertion that he is ``in''. The Exchange 
believes that this difference is reasonable and necessary. Requiring 
an affirmative response by a Floor Market Maker will allow for a 
more efficient process for executing orders on the Trading Floor. 
The Exchange is concerned that requiring every Floor Market Maker to 
affirmatively be ``out'' on every order before it is executed will 
lead to unnecessary delays on the Trading Floor and has the 
potential to cause disruptions. The Exchange notes that CBOE Rule 
6.74(a) does not consider members of the trading crowd in on the 
order; they must respond to the Floor Broker. Additionally, the 
Exchange is not including part of PHLX Rule 1000(g) that requires a 
member to audibly say ``out'' before the Floor Broker submits the 
order for execution and, if the order is not executed, the member 
must audibly say ``out'' before each time the Floor Broker resubmits 
the order for execution. The Exchange is not including this 
provision of PHLX's Rule 1000(g) because, as previously stated, a 
Floor Participant, including a Floor Market Maker, must provide an 
affirmative response if they want to be in on the trade.
    \75\ A Floor Broker may request a market prior to announcing an 
order on the Trading Floor (``market probe''). When a Floor Broker 
conducts a market probe, any responses from Floor Participants are 
public to all Floor Participants. When a Floor Broker conducts a 
market probe, he probes all Floor Participants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing that all bids or offers made on the 
Trading Floor for options contracts shall be deemed to be for one 
options contract unless a specific number of option contracts is 
expressed in the bid or offer and that bid or offer for more than one 
option contract shall be deemed to be for the amount thereof or a 
smaller number of options contracts.\76\ The Exchange is also proposing 
the following process for the solicitation of quotations on the Trading 
Floor.\77\ Specifically, in response to a Floor Broker's solicitation 
of a single bid or offer, Floor Participants may discuss, negotiate, 
and agree upon the price or prices at which an order of a size greater 
than the Exchange's disseminated size can be executed at that time, or 
the number of contracts that could be executed at a given price or 
prices, subject to the provisions of the Options Order Protection and 
Locked/Crossed Market Plan \78\ and the Exchange's Rules respecting 
Trade-Throughs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a single Floor 
Participant may voice a bid or offer independently from, and 
differently from, the Participants of a trading crowd.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \76\ See proposed Rule 7040(d). Proposed Rule 7040(d) is based 
on PHLX Rule 1033(a).
    \77\ See proposed Rule 7040(d)(2).
    \78\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 60405 (July 30, 
2009), 74 FR 39362 (August 6, 2009).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing to adopt Rule 7230(f) Limitation of 
Liability, which codifies that each Options Participant that physically 
conducts business on the Exchange's Trading Floor is required, at its 
sole cost, to procure and maintain liability insurance that provides 
defense and indemnity coverage for itself, any person associated with 
it, and the Exchange for any action or proceeding brought relating to 
the conduct of the Options Participant or associated person.\79\ The 
insurance shall provide defense and indemnity coverage to the Exchange 
for the Exchange's sole, concurrent, or contributory negligence, or 
other wrongdoing, relating to or in connection with such claim and the 
Exchange shall be expressly named by endorsement as an Additional 
Insured under the Insurance. The Exchange's status and rights to 
coverage under the insurance shall be the same rights of the named 
insured of the insurance, including, without limitation, rights to the 
full policy limits; and the limits for the insurance shall be not less 
than $1,000,000 without erosion by defense costs, but under no 
circumstance shall the Exchange be entitled to less than the full 
policy limits of such insurance. The insurance shall state that it is 
primary to any insurance maintained by the Exchange. Each Options 
Participant annually shall cause a certificate of insurance to be 
issued directly to the Exchange demonstrating that insurance compliant 
with this proposed Rule has been procured and is maintained. Each 
Options Participant also shall furnish a copy of the insurance to the 
Exchange for review upon the Exchange's request at any time. This 
proposed section (f) is the only section of Rule 7230 specifically 
limited to Options Participants physically located on the Exchange's 
Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \79\ Proposed Rule 7230(f) is based on PHLX Rule 652(c)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Registration
    In order for a Participant to be admitted to the Trading Floor the 
Participant will be required to register with the Exchange. 
Additionally, all Floor Participants must be registered as a 
Participant \80\ on BOX prior to registering as either a Floor Broker 
or Floor Market Maker.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \80\ The term ``Participant'' means a firm or organization that 
is registered with the Exchange pursuant to the Rule 2000 Series for 
purposes of participating in options trading on BOX as an ``Order 
Flow Provider'' or ``Market Maker''. See Rule 100(a)(40).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing to adopt Rule 2020(h) Trading Floor 
Registration, which codifies that each Floor Broker, Floor Market Maker 
and registered representative on the Exchange Trading Floor must be 
registered as ``Member Exchange'' (``ME'') under ``BOX'' on Form U4. 
Each Floor Market Maker and registered representative on the Exchange 
Trading Floor must successfully complete the appropriate floor trading 
examination(s), if prescribed by the Exchange, in addition to 
requirements imposed by other Exchange Rules.\81\ Each Floor Broker on 
the Exchange Trading Floor is required to successfully complete the 
appropriate floor trading examination, in addition to the requirements 
imposed by other Exchange Rules. The Exchange is also proposing to 
adopt procedures and a timeframe for submitting changes of registration 
status to the Exchange. Specifically, following the termination of or 
the initiation of a change in the trading status of any such Floor 
Participant who has been issued an Exchange access card and a Trading 
Floor badge, the appropriate Exchange form must be completed, approved 
and dated by a firm principal, officer, or member of the firm with 
authority to do so, and submitted to the appropriate Exchange 
department as soon as possible, but no later than 9:30 a.m. ET the next 
business day by the Options Participant employer. Additionally, the 
Exchange proposes to specify that every effort should be made to obtain 
the person's access card and Trading Floor badge and to submit these to 
the appropriate Exchange department.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \81\ See proposed Rule 2020(h). Proposed Rule 2020(h) is based 
on PHLX Rule 620(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is also proposing to add Rule 2020(i), which details 
Non-Participant and Clerk Registration. Specifically, all Trading Floor 
personnel, including clerks, interns, stock execution clerks and any 
other associated persons, of a Floor Participant not required to 
register pursuant to proposed Rule 2020(h) must be registered as 
``Floor Employee'' (``FE'') under BOX on Form U4. Further, the Exchange 
may require successful completion of an examination in addition to 
requirements imposed by other Exchange Rules.\82\ The Exchange is also 
proposing to adopt procedures and a timeframe for submitting changes

[[Page 23663]]

of Trading Floor personnel registration status to the Exchange. 
Specifically, following the termination of or the initiation of a 
change in the status of any such personnel of a Floor Participant who 
has been issued an Exchange access card and a Trading Floor badge, the 
appropriate Exchange form must be completed, approved and dated by a 
Floor Participant principal, officer, or member of the Floor 
Participant with authority to do so, and submitted to the appropriate 
Exchange department as soon as possible, but no later than 9:30 a.m. ET 
the next business day by the Floor Participant employer. Additionally, 
the Exchange proposes to specify that every effort should be made to 
obtain the person's access card and Trading Floor badge and to submit 
these to the appropriate Exchange department.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \82\ See proposed Rule 2020(i). Proposed Rule 2020(i) is based 
on PHLX Rule 620(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Broker's Blanket Bonds
    Currently, Rule 4180 Brokers' Blanket Bond provides that every OFP 
\83\ approved to transact business with the public and every Clearing 
Participant \84\ shall carry Brokers' Blanket Bonds covering officers 
and employees of the OFP in such form and in such amounts as the 
Exchange may require. The Exchange is now proposing that any Floor 
Participant that has registered solely to conduct business as a Floor 
Market Maker or a Floor Broker who does not conduct business with the 
public shall be exempt from the provisions of Rule 4180.\85\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \83\ The terms ``Order Flow Provider'' or ``OFP'' mean those 
Options Participants representing as agent Customer Orders on BOX 
and those non-Market Maker Participants conducting proprietary 
trading. See Rule 100(a)(45).
    \84\ The term ``Clearing Participant'' means an Options 
Participant that is self-clearing or an Options Participant that 
clears BOX Transactions for other Options Participants of BOX. See 
Rule 100(a)(13).
    \85\ See proposed Rule 4180(g). Proposed Rule 4180(g) is based 
on PHLX Rule 705(f)(1)(B).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Doing Business on BOX
    The majority of the proposed rules governing the activity on the 
Trading Floor will be contained in the 7000 series, Doing Business on 
BOX, of the Exchange's Rules.
Trading on the Exchange Floor
    Dealings on the Trading Floor will be limited to the hours during 
which the Exchange is open for the transaction of business.\86\ 
Specifically, the Exchange's normal trading hours for equity options 
are 9:30 a.m. ET to 4:00 p.m. ET and for options on Exchange-Traded 
Fund Shares and broad-based indexes transactions may be effected until 
4:15 p.m. ET. Additionally, to be considered in the determination of 
the opening price and to participate in the opening trade, the Floor 
Broker must submit the order into the BOX Book \87\ electronically.\88\ 
The Floor Broker may do so from the Trading Floor using their terminal; 
however, the order will not receive any special or different treatment 
from any other pre-opening order submitted from off the Trading Floor. 
Additionally, a Floor Participant who wishes to place a Limit Order on 
the BOX Book must submit such a Limit Order electronically.\89\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \86\ See proposed Rule 7500. Proposed Rule 7500 is based on PHLX 
Rule 102.
    \87\ The term ``Central Order Book'' or ``BOX Book'' means the 
electronic book of orders on each single option series maintained by 
the BOX Trading Host. See Rule 100(a)(10).
    \88\ See proposed Rule 7070(d). Proposed Rule 7070(d) is based 
on PHLX Rule 1017(c).
    \89\ See proposed IM-8510-8. Proposed IM-8510-8 is based on PHLX 
Rule 1014.18.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing certain restrictions for dealings on the 
Trading Floor. Specifically, that no Options Participant shall, while 
on the Trading Floor, make any transactions with any non-Options 
Participants in any security admitted to dealing on the Exchange.\90\ 
Additionally, no employee of a Floor Participant shall be admitted to 
the Trading Floor unless that person is registered with and approved by 
the Exchange.\91\ The Exchange may in its discretion require the 
payment of a fee with respect to each employee so approved, and may at 
any time in its discretion withdraw any approval so given. In 
exercising Exchange discretion in withdrawing approval, the Exchange 
will follow applicable disciplinary rules and procedures, including the 
ability to appeal such Exchange determination.\92\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \90\ See proposed Rule 7510. Proposed Rule 7510 is based on PHLX 
Rule 104.
    \91\ See proposed rule 7520. Proposed Rule 7520 is based on PHLX 
Rule 443.
    \92\ The applicable disciplinary rules and procedures are 
located in 13000 Series of the Exchange's Rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Floor Brokers
    As previously mentioned, the Exchange is proposing two categories 
of Participants on the Trading Floor; Floor Brokers and Floor Market 
Makers. A Floor Broker is an individual who is registered with the 
Exchange for the purpose, while on the Trading Floor, of accepting and 
handling option orders.\93\ A Floor Broker who wishes to conduct 
business on the Trading Floor must be registered as a Participant on 
BOX prior to registering as a Floor Broker. A Floor Broker may take 
into his own account, and subsequently liquidate, any position that 
results from an error made while attempting to execute, as Floor 
Broker, an order.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \93\ See proposed Rule 7540. Proposed Rule 7540 is based on PHLX 
Rule 1060. In addition to the definition in the PHLX Rule, the 
Exchange is proposing that Floor Brokers must register as Options 
Participants on BOX prior to registering as a Floor Broker on the 
Trading Floor. The Exchange believes that this additional 
requirement is reasonable as it will allow the Exchange to 
adequately monitor Participants and have uniform registration 
requirements for all Participants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Prior to being admitted to the Trading Floor, a Floor Broker shall 
file an application in writing with the Exchange staff on such form or 
forms as the Exchange may prescribe.\94\ The applications received from 
potential Floor Brokers will be reviewed by the Exchange,\95\ which 
shall consider an applicant's ability as demonstrated by his passing a 
Floor Broker's examination \96\ and such other factors as the Exchange 
deems appropriate.\97\ After reviewing the Floor Broker's application, 
the Exchange shall either approve or disapprove the applicant's 
registration as a Floor Broker.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \94\ See proposed Rule 7550. Proposed Rule 7550 is based on PHLX 
Rule 1061.
    \95\ The Trading Floor application for Floor Participants is 
attached as Exhibit 3.
    \96\ The Floor Broker's examination will cover Exchange-specific 
rules dealing with the Trading Floor.
    \97\ A potential Floor Broker must follow the same application 
process as all Options Participants today. Rule 2040 provides 
restrictions and requirements on persons applying to become an 
Options Participant.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Responsibilities of Floor Brokers
    Floor Brokers will have certain responsibilities while conducting 
business on the Trading Floor. The proposed rules covering Floor 
Brokers' responsibilities are based on the rules of another exchange 
\98\ with certain differences due to the design and functionality of 
the Exchange's Trading Floor. Specifically, a Floor Broker handling an 
order must use due diligence to cause the order to be executed at the 
best price or prices available to him in accordance with the Rules of 
the Exchange.\99\ In addition to the Floor Broker requirements of 
proposed Rule 7570 concerning due diligence, a Floor Broker shall 
ascertain that at least one Floor Market Maker is present in the Crowd 
Area prior to announcing an order for execution.\100\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \98\ See PHLX Rule 1063.
    \99\ See proposed Rule 7570. Proposed Rule 7570 is based on PHLX 
Rule 155.
    \100\ See proposed Rule 7580(a). Proposed Rule 7580(a) is based 
on PHLX Rule 1063(a). The Exchange notes that it is not copying the 
provisions of PHLX Rule 1063(a) that cover foreign currency options 
because the Exchange does not list for trading foreign currency 
options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Floor Brokers must make reasonable efforts to ascertain whether 
each order entrusted to them is for the account of

[[Page 23664]]

a Public Customer or broker-dealer.\101\ If it is determined the order 
is for the account of a broker-dealer, the responsible Floor Broker 
must advise the trading crowd of that fact while announcing the order 
via public outcry and make the appropriate notation in his order entry 
mechanism.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \101\ See proposed IM-7580-2. Proposed IM-7580-2 is based on 
PHLX Rule 1063.02.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is also proposing rules for how a Floor Broker must 
handle contingency orders that are dependent upon the price of the 
underlying security and for how a Floor Broker must handle orders he is 
representing when they are for the account of a Market Maker.\102\ 
Specifically, for contingency orders, the Exchange is proposing that 
the Floor Broker shall be responsible for satisfying the dependency 
requirement on the basis of the last reported price of the underlying 
security in the primary market that is generally available on the 
Trading Floor at any given time. Unless mutually agreed by the 
Participants involved, an execution or non-execution that results shall 
not be altered by the fact that such reported price is subsequently 
found to have been erroneous. For orders from the account of a Market 
Maker, the Floor Broker must inform the crowd that he is handling an 
order for the account of a Market Maker and comply with proposed IM-
8510-6 and IM-8510-9.\103\ The purpose of requiring a Floor Broker, who 
is handling a Market Maker's order, to comply with Proposed IM-8510-6 
and IM-8510-9 is to prevent a Floor Market Maker from employing a Floor 
Broker in an effort to circumvent the restrictions in proposed IM-8510-
6 and IM-8510-9.\104\ Lastly, the Exchange is proposing that a Floor 
Broker shall not be held responsible for the execution of a Complex 
Order based upon transaction prices that are established at the opening 
or close of trading or during any trading rotation.\105\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \102\ See proposed Rules 7580(b) and (d). Proposed Rule 7580(b) 
is based on CBOE Rule 6.73(b). The Exchange notes that CBOE's Rule 
provides for ``one-cancels-the-other orders,'' which BOX is not 
including because the Exchange does not offer these types of orders.
    \103\ See proposed Rule 7580(d). Proposed Rule 7580(d) is based 
on PHLX Rule 1063(d). PHLX's Rule provides for additional rules to 
which the Floor Broker must comply than what the Exchange is 
proposing. Specifically, PHLX Rule 1063(d) cites commentary .10, 
.11, .12, and .13 to PHLX Rule 1014; however, the Exchange is only 
proposing to copy commentary .11 and .12 to PHLX Rule 1014, see 
proposed IM-8510-6 and IM-8510-9. The Exchange is not copying PHLX 
1014.10 because it deals with specialists, which the Exchange is not 
proposing to have on the Trading Floor. Next, the Exchange is not 
copying PHLX Rule 1014.13, which deals with minimum quantity that a 
Floor Market Maker must execute in person per quarter, because the 
Exchange believes that having an in person requirement is an 
unnecessary restriction and does not fit the Exchange's Trading 
Floor.
    \104\ Proposed IM-8510-6 provides that an Options Exchange 
Official may temporarily limit the number of Floor Market Makers in 
the trading crowd who are establishing or increasing a position in 
the interest of a fair and orderly market. Proposed IM-8510-9 
prohibits a Floor Market Maker from acquiring a ``long'' position by 
pairing off with a sell order before the opening, unless all off-
Floor bids at the price are filled.
    \105\ See proposed Rule 7580(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing requirements for Floor Brokers 
representing orders on the Trading Floor.\106\ These requirements are 
in addition to those in proposed Rule 7600. Specifically, in order to 
create an electronic audit trail for options orders represented by 
Floor Brokers on the Exchange's Trading Floor, a Floor Broker or such 
Floor Broker's employee shall, contemporaneously upon receipt of an 
order, including single-sided and double-sided orders, and prior to 
announcement of such an order in the trading crowd, record all options 
orders represented by such Floor Broker onto the Floor Broker's order 
entry mechanism.\107\ The following specific information with respect 
to orders represented by a Floor Broker shall be recorded by such Floor 
Broker or such Floor Broker's employees: (i) the order type (i.e., 
Public Customer, Professional, broker-dealer, Market Maker) and order 
receipt time; (ii) the option symbol; (iii) buy, sell, cross or cancel; 
(iv) call, put, complex (i.e., spread, straddle), or contingency order; 
(v) number of contracts; (vi) limit price or market order or, in the 
case of a multi-leg order, net debit or credit, if applicable; (vii) 
whether the transaction is to open or close a position; and (viii) The 
Options Clearing Corporation (``OCC'') clearing number of the broker-
dealer that submitted the order.\108\ Additionally, a Floor Broker must 
enter complete identification for all orders entered on behalf of 
Market Makers. Any additional information with respect to the order 
shall be input contemporaneously upon receipt, which may occur after 
the announcement and execution of the order.\109\ In the event of a 
malfunction in the Trading Host or any other related Trading Floor 
systems, including the BOG, orders will not be allowed to execute from 
the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \106\ See proposed Rule 7580(e).
    \107\ See proposed Rule 7580(e)(1). Proposed Rule 7580(e)(1) is 
based on PHLX Rule 1063(e)(i). PHLX's Rule provides for procedures 
for submitting orders on the Trading Floor in the event of a 
malfunction of PHLX's floor order system, which BOX is not 
including. The Exchange will not allow orders on the Trading Floor 
in the event that there is a malfunction with the Trading Host or 
any other related Trading Floor systems, including the BOG. The 
Exchange believes that providing a trade ticket backup would raise 
numerous issues with the audit trail.
    \108\ This information is also required when submitting a QOO 
Order.
    \109\ For example this may include information required to 
properly allocate the QOO Order to Floor Participants that responded 
when the QOO Order was announced to the trading crowd pursuant to 
proposed Rules 7580(e)(2) and 7600(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    All orders entrusted to a Floor Broker will be considered Not Held 
Orders, unless otherwise specified by a Floor Broker's client.\110\ A 
Not Held Order is an order marked ``not held'', ``take time'', or which 
bears any qualifying notation giving discretion as to the price or time 
at which such order is to be executed. An order entrusted to a Floor 
Broker will be considered a Not Held Order, unless otherwise specified 
by a Floor Broker's client.\111\Additionally, the Exchange is proposing 
that it shall be considered conduct inconsistent with just and 
equitable principles of trade for any Floor Broker or Floor Market 
Maker to intentionally disrupt the open outcry process.\112\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \110\ See proposed IM-7580-3. Proposed IM-7580-3 is based on 
CBOE Rule 6.73.06.
    \111\ See proposed Rule 7600(g). Proposed Rule 7600(g) is based 
on CBOE Rule 6.53(g).
    \112\ See proposed IM-7580-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A Floor Broker must announce an agency order that he is 
representing to the trading crowd before submitting the order to the 
BOG for execution.\113\ This announcement must take place whether the 
Floor Broker is representing a single-sided order and soliciting 
contra-side interest, or the Floor Broker has sufficient interest to 
match against the agency order already. If a Floor Broker is holding 
two agency orders, he will choose which order is the initiating 
side.\114\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \113\ See proposed Rule 7580(e)(2).
    \114\ If only one of the agency orders is for the account of a 
Public Customer, that order must be the agency order. If both agency 
orders are for the accounts of Public Customers, it is the Floor 
Brokers sole decision to determine which order is the agency order. 
If neither agency order is for the account of a Public Customer, it 
is the Floor Brokers sole decision to determine which order is the 
agency order.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing rules with respect to Floor Brokers and 
discretionary transactions.\115\ Specifically, no Floor Broker shall 
execute or cause to be executed any order on the Exchange with respect 
to which such Floor Broker is vested with discretion as to: (i) The 
choice of the class of options to be bought or sold, (ii) the number of 
contracts to be bought or sold, or (iii) whether any such transaction 
shall be one of purchase or sale. However, these proposed rules

[[Page 23665]]

shall not apply to any discretionary transactions executed by a Floor 
Market Maker for an account in which he has an interest. Additionally, 
no Floor Broker shall hold a Not Held Market Order to buy and a Not 
Held Market Order to sell the same series of options for the same 
account or for accounts of the same beneficial owner.\116\ Also, no 
Floor Broker shall leg a Complex Order for a Market Maker or accept 
opening or discretionary orders for a Market Maker who is associated 
with the same Options Participant as such Floor Broker or who is 
associated with another Options Participant which is affiliated with 
the same Options Participant as such Floor Broker. A Floor Broker may 
not exercise any discretion with respect to the order of a Market Maker 
or the order of an options market marker registered on another 
exchange.\117\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \115\ See proposed Rule 7590. Proposed Rule 7590 is based on 
PHLX Rule 1065.
    \116\ See proposed IM-7590-1.
    \117\ See proposed IM-7590-2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Floor Brokers may use any communication device on the Trading Floor 
and in the Crowd Area to receive orders, provided that audit trail and 
record retention requirements of the Exchange are met.\118\ However, no 
person in the Crowd Area or on the Trading Floor may use any 
communication device for the purpose of recording activities on the 
Trading Floor or maintaining an open line of continuous communication 
whereby a non-associated person not located in the Crowd Area may 
continuously monitor the activities in the Crowd Area. The ability for 
Floor Brokers to receive orders while in the Crowd Area is based on the 
rules of another exchange.\119\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \118\ See proposed Rule 7660(i).
    \119\ See CBOE Rule 6.23(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is not including certain PHLX rules related to Floor 
Broker duties to allocate, match and time stamp trades executed in open 
outcry and to submit the matched trade tickets to the exchange.\120\ 
BOX does not believe that these rules are necessary because all orders 
on the Trading Floor are only executed when they are received by the 
Trading Host, which will allow the Exchange to capture the required 
audit trail information.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \120\ See PHLX Rule 1014(g)(vi).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Qualified Open Outcry Orders--Floor Crossing
    After an order has been announced to the trading crowd as provided 
in Rule 7580(e)(2), the Floor Broker must submit the agency order as 
part of a two-sided order (``Qualified Open Outcry Order'' or ``QOO 
Order'') to the Trading Host for execution.\121\ When a Floor Broker 
submits a QOO Order for execution, the order will be executed based on 
the market conditions of when the order is received by the Trading Host 
and in accordance with Exchange rules.\122\ A QOO Order on the Exchange 
is not deemed executed until it is processed by the Trading Host. All 
transactions occurring from the Trading Floor must be processed by the 
Trading Host. Floor Brokers are responsible for handling all orders in 
accordance with Exchange priority and trade-through rules.\123\ QOO 
Order functionality will assist the Floor Broker in respecting the BOX 
Book, consistent with Exchange priority rules, as described in proposed 
Rules 7600(c) and (d). The proposed QOO Order will only be allowed on 
the Trading Floor and only Floor Brokers may use the QOO Order. QOO 
Orders may be multi-leg orders up to four (4) legs, including Complex 
Orders, as defined in Rule 7240(a)(5) \124\ and tied to hedge orders as 
defined in proposed IM-7600-2. Such hedging position is comprised of a 
position designated as eligible for a tied hedge transaction as 
determined by the Exchange and may include the same underlying stock 
applicable to the option order, a security future overlying the same 
stock applicable to the option order or, in reference to an index or 
Exchange-Traded Fund Shares (``ETF''), a related instrument. A 
``related instrument'' means, in reference to an index option, 
securities comprising ten percent or more of the component securities 
in the index or a futures contract on any economically equivalent index 
applicable to the option order. A ``related instrument'' means, in 
reference to an ETF option, a futures contract on any economically 
equivalent index applicable to the ETF underlying the option order. 
Also, such hedging position is offered, at the execution price received 
by the Floor Broker introducing the option, to any in-crowd Floor 
Participant who has established parity or priority for the related 
options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \121\ See proposed Rule 7600(a). Proposed Rule 7600(a) is based 
on PHLX Rule 1063(e)(iv). The Exchange notes that the Trading Host 
does not include all the same functionality as PHLX's trading floor 
systems; the Trading Host will not attempt to execute an order 
multiple times if at first it cannot be executed. The Exchange also 
notes that Complex Orders are limited to four (4) legs on BOX. 
Additionally, the Exchange is not including specific functionality 
that will assist a Floor Broker in clearing the electronic book as 
PHLX does. The Exchange is not including this functionality because 
the QOO Order will assist Floor Brokers in respecting the BOX Book. 
Proposed Rule 7600(a) also includes additional information to cover 
the specific aspects of the QOO Order.
    \122\ For example, a Floor Broker wishes to execute 1000 ABC at 
1.03. At the time the QOO Order is announced to the trading crowd 
the NBBO for ABC is 1.00-1.08. When the Trading Host receives the 
QOO Order the NBBO is now 1.04-1.09. In this situation, the Trading 
Host would reject the QOO Order to avoid trading through the NBBO. 
Similarly, assume when the Floor Broker announced the QOO Order 
there were no orders on the BOX Book, the QOO Order had a book sweep 
size of 10, and the initiating side is to sell. When the Trading 
Host receives the QOO Order there is now a Public Customer Order on 
the BOX Book to buy 20 ABC at 1.03 and the NBBO is still 1.00-1.08. 
In this situation, the Trading Host would reject the QOO Order to 
avoid violating the priority provisions of the Exchange.
    \123\ In addition to the Trading Host preventing trade-through 
and priority violations of the BOX Book, the Exchange has robust 
surveillance procedures in place to monitor for these violations.
    \124\ The term ``Complex Order'' means any order involving the 
simultaneous purchase and/or sale of two or more different options 
series in the same underlying security, for the same account, in a 
ratio that is equal to or greater than one-to-three (.333) and less 
than or equal to three-to-one (3.00) and for the purpose of 
executing a particular investment strategy.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There will be an initiating side and a contra-side to the QOO 
Order.\125\ The initiating side is the order which must be filled in 
its entirety. The contra-side must guarantee the full size of the 
initiating side of the QOO Order and the Floor Broker may provide a 
book sweep size as provided in proposed Rule 7600(h). If the Floor 
Broker was soliciting interest from the trading crowd when the 
initiating side was announced or to the extent the trading crowd offers 
a better price, the contra-side will be the solicited interest from the 
trading crowd. If the Floor Broker had sufficient interest to match 
against the initiating side when the agency order was announced, such 
Floor Broker interest will be the contra-side to the initiating side. 
If Floor Participants responded with interest to the initiating side 
where the Floor Broker provided sufficient interest to match against 
the initiating side, the Floor Broker will allocate the initiating side 
of the QOO Order(s) pursuant to Rule 7600(d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \125\ See proposed Rule 7600(a)(1). This does not prevent a 
Floor Broker from representing a single-sided order on the Trading 
Floor. Floor Brokers are permitted to bring single-sided orders to 
the Trading Floor in order to find contra-side liquidity. Once a 
contra-side is sourced pursuant to proposed Rule 7580(e)(2), the 
Floor Broker shall submit the two-sided QOO Order to the BOG.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A QOO Order will be rejected if there is an ongoing auction in the 
option series when the QOO Order is received by the Trading Host.\126\ 
A Complex QOO Order \127\ will not be rejected if there is an ongoing 
auction in the options series of some, but not all, of the components 
of the Complex QOO Order.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \126\ See proposed Rule 7600(a)(5).
    \127\ A Complex QOO Order is a Complex Order, as defined in Rule 
7240(a)(5), submitted as a QOO Order.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 23666]]

    A Floor Broker is welcome to bring an unmatched order to the 
Trading Floor in order to seek liquidity. The Floor Broker may announce 
the unmatched order (i.e., the initiating side of a QOO Order) to the 
trading crowd in an attempt to source the contra-side. After finding 
sufficient quantity to match the initiating side pursuant to proposed 
Rule 7580(e)(2) and proposed Rule 7600(b), the Floor Broker would now 
be able to submit a two-sided QOO Order to the BOG as required.\128\ 
Floor Brokers may also enter single sided orders into the BOX Book 
using BOX's electronic interface. Specifically, a Floor Broker may 
receive a matched or unmatched order via a telephone call on the 
Trading Floor \129\ or may have the matched or unmatched order sent 
electronically to the Floor Broker's order entry mechanism on the 
Trading Floor prior to submitting the QOO Order to the BOG.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \128\ See proposed IM-7600-4.
    \129\ When a Floor Broker receives an order, matched or 
unmatched, via telephone, the Floor Broker must enter the order 
electronically into the Floor Broker's order entry mechanism.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing that the execution price of the QOO Order 
must be equal to or better than the NBBO.\130\ Additionally, the QOO 
Order (1) may not trade through any equal or better priced Public 
Customer bids or offers on the BOX Book or any non-Public Customer bids 
or offers on the BOX Book that are ranked ahead of such equal or better 
priced Public Customer bids or offers, and (2) may not trade through 
any non-Public Customer bids or offers on the BOX Book that are priced 
better than the proposed execution price. The Exchange notes this 
proposed Rule is based on the rules of NYSE Arca.\131\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \130\ See proposed Rule 7600(c).
    \131\ See NYSE Arca Rules 6.47 and 6.75. The Exchange notes that 
it is providing an additional provision that NYSE Arca does not have 
in its Rule. Specifically, the Exchange is providing for a book 
sweep size as provided in proposed Rule 7600(h).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Floor Broker must submit the QOO Order to the BOG for 
processing by the Trading Host, as provided in proposed Rule 7600. The 
Exchange is proposing that the QOO Order is not deemed executed until 
the QOO Order is processed by the Trading Host.\132\ Once the Floor 
Broker submits the QOO Order to the BOG there will be no opportunity 
for the submitting Floor Broker, or anyone else, to alter the terms of 
the QOO Order.\133\ After announcing the QOO Order to the trading 
crowd, the Floor Broker must submit the QOO Order to the BOG without 
undue delay, provided that the executing Floor Broker allows adequate 
time for Floor Participants to participate in the transaction as 
provided in proposed Rule 100(b)(5).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \132\ The execution of the QOO Order will be reported after it 
is processed by the Trading Host in the same manner as all other 
orders on BOX.
    \133\ The Exchange notes that the processing of an incoming QOO 
Order by the Exchange is instantaneous.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is additionally proposing that when a Floor Broker 
executes a Complex QOO Order, the priority and rules for Complex Orders 
contained in Rule 7240(b)(2) and (3) will continue to apply, except 
that the Floor Broker may disable the NBBO aspect of the Complex Order 
Filter under Rule 7240(b)(3)(iii). For Complex QOO Orders, the Complex 
QOO Orders (1) may not trade through any equal or better priced Public 
Customer Complex bids or offers on the Complex Order Book \134\ or any 
non-Public Customer Complex bids or offers on the Complex Order Book 
that are ranked ahead of such equal or better priced Public Customer 
Complex bids or offers, and (2) may not trade through any non-Public 
Customer bids or offers on the Complex Order Book that are priced 
better than the proposed execution price. Additionally, the Complex QOO 
Order may be executed at a price without giving priority to equivalent 
bids or offers in the individual series legs on the initiating side, 
provided at least one options leg betters the corresponding bid or 
offer on the BOX Book by at least one minimum trading increment as set 
forth in Rule 7240(b)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \134\ The term ``Complex Order Book'' means the electronic book 
of Complex Orders maintained by the BOX Trading Host. See Rule 
7240(a)(6).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As mentioned above, the Exchange is also proposing to amend the 
current rules related to Complex Orders on the Exchange in order to 
incorporate the trading of Complex Orders on the Trading Floor. 
Currently, incoming Complex Orders to the Exchange are filtered to 
ensure that each leg of a Complex Order will be executed at a price 
that is equal to or better than the NBBO and BOX BBO.\135\ The Exchange 
is now proposing that Floor Brokers may disable, on an order by order 
basis, the NBBO aspect of this protection for Complex QOO Orders. The 
Exchange notes that other options exchanges do not require the legs of 
a Complex Order to be executed at a price that is equal to or better 
than the NBBO and exchange BBO.\136\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \135\ See Rule 7240(b)(3)(iii).
    \136\ See ISE Rule 722(b)(3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    All QOO Orders must be announced to the trading crowd, as provided 
in proposed Rule 7580(e)(2), prior to the QOO Order being submitted to 
the BOG.\137\ This negotiation and agreement that occurs in the trading 
crowd does not result in a final trade, but rather a ``meeting of the 
minds'' that is then submitted through the BOG for processing by the 
Trading Host. The submitting Floor Broker must announce the order to 
the trading crowd and give Floor Participants a reasonable opportunity 
to respond to trade against the initiating side of the QOO Order. An 
Options Exchange Official will certify that the Floor Broker adequately 
announced the QOO Order to the trading crowd.\138\ When a Complex QOO 
Order is announced on the Trading Floor, Floor Participants wishing to 
participate must respond to all legs of the unique Complex QOO Order. 
For example, if a Floor Broker is executing a Complex QOO Order in A+B, 
a Floor Participant may respond with interest in A+B, but may not 
respond to only Leg A or Leg B. The executing Floor Broker's allocation 
process is identical to the process for non-Complex QOO Orders in 
proposed Rule 7600(d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \137\ See proposed Rule 7600(b). Proposed Rule 7600(b) is based 
on NYSE Arca Rule 6.47(a)(1).
    \138\ The Options Exchange Official will have a terminal that 
will allow him to certify that the Floor Broker adequately 
represented the QOO Order to the trading crowd.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that by having the QOO Order execute when it 
is processed by the Trading Host, the Exchange is providing a system 
that will prevent executions that appear to be at prices that are worse 
than the NBBO due to the fact that on traditional open-outcry floors 
the time that the execution is printed may be substantially after the 
time an execution actually occurred on the trading floor. The Exchange 
believes that having the QOO Order execute when it is processed by the 
Trading Host will minimize trade-through violations and provide an 
accurate and sequential audit trail. The Exchange notes that this is 
similar to the way executions on PHLX occur.\139\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \139\ See PHLX Rule 1063(e)(iv). The Exchange is not including 
functionality that allows a Floor Broker to attempt to execute an 
order multiple times if it cannot be executed when the order is 
first submitted as PHLX does.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Priority in the Trading Crowd
    The Exchange is proposing rules for determining priority of bids 
and offers on the Trading Floor.\140\ Specifically,

[[Page 23667]]

the highest (lowest) bid (offer) shall have priority; when two or more 
bids (offers) represent the highest (lowest) price, priority shall be 
afforded to such bids (offers) in the sequence in which they were made. 
If, however, the bids (offers) of two or more Floor Participants are 
made simultaneously, or if it is impossible to determine clearly the 
order of time in which they are made, such bids (offers) will be deemed 
to be on parity and priority will be afforded to them, insofar as 
practicable, on an equal basis. BOX is proposing that the Floor Broker 
will be responsible for determining the sequence in which bids or 
offers are vocalized on the Trading Floor from Floor Participants in 
response to the Floor Broker's bid, offer, or call for a market. A 
Floor Participant that established priority pursuant to IM-7600-1(c) 
must inform the Floor Broker of such priority when the Floor Broker 
announces the order. Any disputes regarding a Floor Broker's 
determination of time priority sequence will be resolved by the Options 
Exchange Official. An Options Exchange Official may nullify a 
transaction or adjust its terms if they determine the transaction to 
have been in violation of Exchange Rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \140\ See proposed Rule 7610. Proposed Rule 7610 is based on 
NYSE Arca Rule 6.75. The Exchange notes that it is not including 
certain sections of the NYSE Arca rule that apply to Lead Market 
Maker guarantee participation because the Exchange will not have 
Lead Market Makers on the Trading Floor. Specifically, a Lead Market 
Maker on NYSE Arca that establishes first priority during the 
vocalization process is entitled to buy or sell as many contracts as 
the Floor Broker may have available to trade. Additionally, on NYSE 
Arca, if the Lead Market Maker establishes some other priority other 
than first, the Lead Market Maker is entitled to buy or sell the 
number of contracts equal to the Lead Market Maker's guaranteed 
participation level. The Exchange is also omitting sections of the 
NYSE Arca rule that cover manual executions on the trading floor 
because the Exchange is requiring that all orders on the Trading 
Floor will not execute until they are processed by the Trading Host. 
The Exchange is not including provisions of NYSE Arca's rule that 
apply to stock-option orders because the Exchange does not offer 
this type of order. Additionally, the Exchange is not including the 
same level of detail as NYSE Arca does when referring to the actions 
that an Options Exchange Official can take when there is a dispute 
regarding a Floor Broker's determination of time priority on the 
Trading Floor. The Exchange believes that by allowing an Options 
Exchange Official the ability to nullify a transaction or adjust its 
terms when the transaction has violated the Exchange's Rules will 
provide the Exchange with the ability to better monitor and enforce 
the Exchange's Rules on the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing that the Floor Participant with first 
priority is entitled to buy or sell as many contracts as the Floor 
Broker may have available to trade. If there are any contracts 
remaining, the Floor Participant with second priority will be entitled 
to buy or sell as many contracts as there are remaining in the Floor 
Broker's order, and so on, until the Floor Broker's order has been 
filled entirely. An Options Exchange Official has the same 
responsibilities as a Floor Broker when the Options Exchange Official 
calls for a market.
    The Exchange's proposed rules will also cover the situation where a 
Floor Broker requests a market in order to fill a large order and the 
Floor Participants provide a collective response.\141\ In such 
situation, if the size of the response, in the aggregate, is less than 
or equal to the size of the order to be filled, the Floor Participants 
will each receive a share of the order that is equal to the size of 
their respective bids or offers. If, however, the size of the response 
exceeds the size of the order to be filled, that order will be 
allocated on a size pro rata basis. Specifically, in such 
circumstances, the size of the order to be allocated is multiplied by 
the size of an individual Floor Participant's quote divided by the 
aggregate size of all Floor Participants' quotes. For example, assume 
there are 200 contracts to be allocated, Floor Market Maker #1 is 
bidding for 100, Floor Market Maker #2 is bidding for 200 and Floor 
Market Maker #3 is bidding for 500. Under the ``size pro rata'' 
allocation formula, Floor Market Maker #1 will be allocated 25 
contracts (200 x 100 / 800); Floor Market Maker #2 will be allocated 50 
contracts (200 x 200 / 800); and Floor Market Maker #3 will be 
allocated 125 contracts (200 x 500 / 800).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \141\ See proposed Rule 7610(d)(5).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Allocation
    The following describes how the initiating side of a QOO Order is 
allocated.\142\ First, the initiating side of the QOO Order will match 
against any bids or offers on the BOX Book priced better than the 
contra-side, provided that an adequate book sweep size was provided by 
the Floor Broker pursuant to paragraph (h).\143\ Multiple orders at the 
same price are matched based on time priority.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \142\ See proposed Rule 7600(d).
    \143\ See proposed Rule 7600(d)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Next, at the same price as the contra-side of the QOO Order, if any 
contracts of the initiating side remain, the initiating side of the QOO 
Order will match against Public Customer Orders on the BOX Book, along 
with bids or offers of non-Public Customers ranked ahead of such Public 
Customer Orders on the BOX Book, provided that an adequate book sweep 
size was provided by the Floor Broker pursuant to paragraph (h).\144\ 
Multiple bids or offers at the same price are matched based on time 
priority.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \144\ See proposed Rule 7600(d)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The remaining balance of the initiating side of the QOO Order, if 
any, will then be matched by the Trading Host against the contra-side 
of the QOO Order,\145\ regardless of whether the contra-side order 
submitted by the Floor Broker is ultimately entitled to receive an 
allocation,\146\ pursuant to proposed Rules 7600(d)(3)(i) or (iii). If 
no Floor Participant, other than the executing Floor Broker, is 
entitled to an allocation, then no further steps are necessary. If 
however, Floor Participants are entitled to an allocation, the 
remaining balance of the initiating side of the QOO Order will be 
allocated as described below.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \145\ See proposed Rule 7600(d)(3).
    \146\ For the avoidance of doubt, the Exchange would like to 
make clear that the matching of the initiating side of the QOO Order 
against interest on the BOX Book and the matching of the remaining 
portion of initiating side of the QOO Order against the contra-side 
order provided by the Floor Broker will be completed automatically 
by the Trading Host.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    First, if the QOO Order satisfies the provisions of proposed Rule 
7600(f), the executing Floor Broker is entitled to 40% of the remaining 
quantity of the initiating side of the QOO Order.\147\ Next, Floor 
Participants that responded with interest when the executing Floor 
Broker announced the QOO Order to the trading crowd, as outlined in 
proposed Rules 7580(e)(2) and 7600(b), are allocated.\148\ When 
multiple Floor Participants respond with interest, priority is 
established pursuant to proposed Rule 7610.\149\ Finally, if interest 
remains after Floor Participants that responded with interest receive 
their allocation, the remaining quantity of the initiating side of the 
QOO Order will be allocated to the executing Floor Broker.\150\ After 
execution of the QOO Order, the executing Floor Broker is responsible 
for providing the correct allocations of the initiating side of the QOO 
Order to an Options Exchange Official or his or her designee, if 
necessary, who will properly record the order in the Exchange's 
system.\151\ The executing Floor Broker must provide the correct 
allocations to an Options

[[Page 23668]]

Exchange Official or his or her designee, in writing, without 
unreasonable delay.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \147\ See proposed Rule 7600(d)(3)(i).
    \148\ See Proposed Rule 7600(d)(3)(ii).
    \149\ Proposed Rule 7610 provides that the highest bid or lowest 
offer shall have priority. Where two or more offers or bids are at 
the same price, priority shall be afforded in the sequence in which 
the offers or bids were made. If the bids or offers of more than one 
Floor Participant are made simultaneously, such bids or offers will 
be deemed to be on parity and priority will be afforded to them, 
insofar as practicable, on an equal basis. Accordingly, efforts will 
be made to assure that each Floor Participant on parity receives an 
equal number of contracts, to the extent mathematically possible. If 
the Floor Participants provide a collective response to a Floor 
Broker's request for a market in order to fill a large order, then 
the allocation will be size pro rata, if necessary.
    \150\ See Proposed Rule 7600(d)(3)(iii).
    \151\ See Proposed Rule 7600(d)(4). The Options Exchange 
Official or his or her designee is not responsible for confirming 
the accuracy of the allocations provided by the executing Floor 
Broker.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The below examples are designed to illustrate the allocation of the 
initiating side of a QOO Order(s).
    Example 1 \152\--Assume there is no priority interest on the 
contra-side of the QOO Order, as provided in proposed Rule 7600(d)(2), 
on the BOX Book at the execution price of the QOO Order and a Floor 
Broker wishes to execute a QOO Order for 500 contracts. When he 
announces the order, Floor Market Maker 1 and Floor Market Maker 2 both 
respond to the QOO Order for 250 contracts each. Floor Market Maker 1 
responded first so he will have time priority over Floor Market Maker 
2. Since the QOO Order is for at least 500 contracts, the Floor Broker 
is entitled to match at least 40% of the initiating side with the Floor 
Broker's contra-side.\153\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \152\ For the following three examples, assume the execution 
price of the QOO Order satisfies the submission requirements of 
proposed Rule 7000(c). Specifically, the execution price must be at 
a price (1) better than any Public Customer bids or offers on the 
BOX Book, and (2) no worse than any non-Public Customer bids or 
offers on the BOX Book, on the initiating side.
    \153\ The Floor Broker's 40% guarantee is outlined in proposed 
Rule 7600(f).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Result: The initiating side of the QOO Order will match against the 
Floor Broker's contra-side order for the full 500 contracts. After the 
execution of the QOO Order, the executing Floor Broker is then 
responsible for providing an Options Exchange Official or his or her 
designee the following allocation of the initiating side of the QOO 
Order:

    1. 200 contracts (500 * .40) for the contra-side order submitted 
by the Floor Broker.
    2. 250 for Floor Market Maker 1 with time priority.
    3. Remaining 50 contracts to Floor Market Maker 2.

    Example 2--Assume there is no priority interest on the contra-side 
of the QOO Order, as provided in proposed Rule 7600(d)(2), on the BOX 
Book at the execution price of the QOO Order and a Floor Broker wishes 
to execute a QOO Order for 400 contracts. When he announces the order, 
Floor Market Maker 1 and Floor Market Maker 2 both respond to the QOO 
Order for 200 contracts each. Floor Market Maker 1 responded first so 
he will have time priority over Floor Market Maker 2. Since the QOO 
Order is for less than 500 contracts, the Floor Broker is not entitled 
to a 40% guarantee.
    Result: The initiating side QOO Order will match against the Floor 
Broker's contra-side for the full 400 contracts. After execution of the 
QOO Order, the executing Floor Broker is then responsible for providing 
an Options Exchange Official or his or her designee with the following 
allocation of the initiating side of the QOO Order:

    1. 200 contracts for Floor Market Maker 1 with time priority.
    2. 200 contracts for Floor Market Maker 2.
    3. The executing Floor Broker will receive no allocation.

    Example 3--Assume there is no priority interest on the contra-side 
of the QOO Order, as provided in proposed Rule 7600(d)(2), on the BOX 
Book at the execution price of the QOO Order and a Floor Broker wishes 
to execute a QOO Order for 400 contracts in ABC at 1.05 (initiating 
side is to sell). The NBBO for ABC is 1.00-1.10. When he announces the 
order, Floor Market Maker 1 and Floor Market Maker 2 both respond to 
the QOO Order for 200 contracts each. Floor Market Maker 1 responded 
first at an improved price to buy 200 at 1.06 so he will have price 
priority over Floor Market Maker 2. Since the QOO Order is for less 
than 500 contracts, the Floor Broker is not entitled to a 40% 
guarantee.
    Result: The Floor Broker will submit two QOO Orders for 200 
contracts each. A QOO Order at 1.06 for 200 contracts and a QOO Order 
at 1.05 for 200 contracts. The initiating side of the QOO Orders will 
match against the Floor Broker's contra-side orders for the full 200 
contracts. After execution of the QOO Orders, the executing Floor 
Broker is then responsible for providing an Options Exchange Official 
or his or her designee with the following allocation of the initiating 
side of the QOO Orders:

    1. QOO Order at 1.06--200 contracts for Floor Market Maker 1.
    2. QOO Order at 1.05--200 contracts for Floor Market Maker 2.
    3. The executing Floor Broker will receive no allocation of 
either QOO Order.

    Example 4--Assume there is no priority interest on the contra-side 
of the QOO Order, as provided in proposed Rule 7600(d)(2), on the BOX 
Book at the execution price of the QOO Order and a Floor Broker wishes 
to execute a QOO Order for 600 contracts in ABC at 1.05 (initiating 
side is to sell). The NBBO for ABC is 1.00-1.10. When he announces the 
order, Floor Market Maker 1 and Floor Market Maker 2 both respond to 
the QOO Order for 300 contracts each. Floor Market Maker 1 responded 
first at an improved price to buy 300 at 1.06 so he will have price 
priority over Floor Market Maker 2. Since the QOO Order is more than 
500 contracts, the Floor Broker is entitled to a 40% guarantee.
    Result: The Floor Broker will submit two QOO Orders for 300 
contracts each. A QOO Order at 1.06 for 300 contracts and a QOO Order 
at 1.05 for 300 contracts. The initiating side of the QOO Orders will 
match against the Floor Broker's contra-side orders for the full 300 
contracts. After execution of the QOO Orders, the executing Floor 
Broker is then responsible for providing an Options Exchange Official 
or his or her designee with the following allocation of the initiating 
side of the QOO Orders:

    1. QOO Order at 1.05--120 (300 *.40) contracts for the contra-
side order submitted by the Floor Broker.\154\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \154\ The Floor Broker's guarantee only applies to 40% of the 
contracts at the given price level.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. QOO Order at 1.06--300 contracts for Floor Market Maker 1.
    3. QOO Order at 1.05--180 contracts for Floor Market Maker 2.

    Example 5--In the same scenario as above, but there is priority 
interest of 100 contracts on the BOX Book, as provided in proposed Rule 
7600(d)(2), at the execution price of the QOO Order and a Floor Broker 
elects to have a book sweep size of 100 contracts.
    Result:

    1. The initiating side of the QOO Order will first match against 
the priority interest on the BOX Book for 100 contracts.
    2. Then the remaining 300 contracts of the initiating side of 
the QOO Order will match against the executing Floor Broker's 
contra-side order. After execution of the QOO Order, the executing 
Floor Broker is then responsible for providing an Options Exchange 
Official or his or her designee with the following allocation of the 
initiating side of the QOO Order:
    a. 250 contracts for Floor Market Maker 1 with time priority.
    b. 50 contracts to Floor Market Maker 2.
    c. The executing Floor Broker will receive no allocation.

    The Exchange is also proposing that the QOO Order will not route to 
an away exchange and the QOO Order will not trade through any away 
exchange displaying a better price than the proposed execution price 
for the QOO Order.\155\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \155\ See proposed Rule 7600(e).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Book Sweep Size
    The Exchange is proposing to provide a book sweep size to help 
Floor Brokers execute orders when there are bids or offers on the BOX 
Book that have priority over the contra-side of the QOO Order.\156\ 
Specifically, a Floor Broker may, but is not required to, provide a 
book sweep size. The book sweep size is the number of contracts, if 
any, of the initiating side of the QOO Order that the Floor Broker is 
willing to relinquish to interest on the BOX Book that has priority 
pursuant to proposed Rule 7600(d)(1) and (2). Specifically, any equal 
or better priced Public Customer

[[Page 23669]]

Orders on the BOX Book or any non-Public Customer bids or offers on the 
BOX Book that are ranked ahead of such equal or better priced Public 
Customer Orders, and any non-Public Customer bids or offers on the BOX 
Book that are priced better than the proposed execution price. If the 
number of contracts on the BOX Book that have priority over the contra-
side order is greater than the book sweep size, then the QOO Order will 
be rejected by the Trading Host. If the number of contracts on the BOX 
Book that have priority over the contra-side order is less than or 
equal to the book sweep size, then the QOO Order will be allowed to 
execute. In such case, the initiating side will execute against 
interest on the BOX Book with priority and then the remaining quantity, 
if any, will execute against the contra-side order. The Exchange 
believes that this proposed feature will aid Floor Brokers in having 
more of their executions accepted by the Trading Host and will benefit 
the market as a whole by providing a tool to assist Floor Brokers in 
executing orders when there is priority interest on the BOX Book. 
Additionally, the book sweep size will provide increased opportunity 
for orders on the BOX Book to be executed. The Exchange notes, however, 
that it shall be considered conduct inconsistent with just and 
equitable principles of trade for any Floor Broker to use the book 
sweep size for the purpose of violating the Floor Broker's duties and 
obligations.\157\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \156\ See proposed Rule 7600(h).
    \157\ See proposed IM-7600-3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange notes that another exchange provides functionality to 
help Floor Brokers clear the electronic book.\158\ PHLX's system has 
functionality that will return the order to the Floor Broker if, after 
attempting to execute the order multiple times, the order cannot be 
executed. The Exchange believes this is similar to the proposed book 
sweep size that may result in a Floor Broker's order not executing once 
it is submitted.\159\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \158\ PHLX's Floor Broker Management System (``FBMS'') provides 
execution functionality that will assist the Floor Broker in 
clearing the exchange book, consistent with exchange priority rules. 
See PHLX Rule 1063(e)(iv). Additionally, if a Floor Broker on PHLX 
enters a two-sided order through the FBMS, and there is interest on 
the PHLX electronic book at a price that would prevent the Floor 
Broker's order from executing, the FBMS will provide the Floor 
Broker with the quantity of contracts on the electronic book that 
have priority and need to be satisfied before the Floor Broker's 
order can execute at the agreed upon price. If the Floor Broker 
wishes to still execute his order, he can cause a portion of the 
floor based order to trade against this priority interest on the 
electronic book, thereby clearing the interest and permitting the 
remainder of the Floor Broker's order to trade at the desired price. 
The PHLX FBMS functionality is optional, and a Floor Broker can 
decide not to trade against the electronic book and therefore not 
execute his two-sided order at the particular price. See Securities 
Exchange Act Release No. 68960 (February 20, 2013), 78 FR 13132 
(February 26, 2013) (SR-Phlx-2013-09).
    \159\ The Exchange notes that the proposed functionality of the 
Trading Host on BOX will not attempt to execute an order multiple 
times. Instead, if, due to the book sweep size provided by the Floor 
Broker, the order cannot be executed by the Trading Host 
immediately, it will be rejected back to the Floor Broker. The 
similarity is in the fact that in both situations an order will not 
execute and will be rejected back to the Floor Broker. The Exchange 
believes that this difference between the Exchange and PHLX will 
incentivize Floor Brokers on BOX to provide an adequate book sweep 
size if they want the order to immediately execute.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Examples
    The following are examples of how the QOO Order will operate.
Example #1--Execution of a QOO Order
    The following example is designed to illustrate a QOO Order 
executing.

 NBBO 3.09-3.13
 QOO Order for 100 at 3.10 (initiating side is sell)
 Book sweep size = 0.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    BOX Book
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MM1.........................             150            3.09            3.15              10  MM2
BD1.........................              15            3.08            3.16              10  MM3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Result: QOO Order is accepted because the price of the QOO Order 
($3.10) is better than the NBBO on both the initiating side ($3.13) and 
the contra-side ($3.09).
Example #2--Capping of the Book Sweep Size
    The following example illustrates how the Exchange will handle a 
QOO Order that is submitted with a book sweep size that is greater than 
the size of the QOO Order.

 NBBO 3.09-3.13
 QOO Order for 100 at 3.10 (initiating side is sell)
 Book sweep size = 200 (will be capped at the size of the QOO 
Order (100)).

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    BOX Book
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MM1.........................             150            3.09            3.15              10  MM2
BD1.........................              15            3.08            3.16              10  MM3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Result: QOO Order is accepted because the price of the QOO Order 
($3.10) is better than the NBBO on both the initiating side ($3.13) and 
the contra-side ($3.09).
Example #3--Rejecting a QOO Order based on the NBBO
    The following example illustrates how the Exchange will handle a 
QOO Order that is priced outside of the NBBO.

 NBBO 3.09-3.15
 QOO Order for 100 at 3.17 (initiating side is sell)
 Book sweep size = 100.

[[Page 23670]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    BOX Book
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MM1.........................              50            3.09            3.15              10  MM2
BD1.........................              20            3.08            3.16              10  MM3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Result: QOO Order is rejected because the price of the QOO Order 
(3.17) is worse than the NBBO (3.15) on the initiating side of the QOO 
Order.
Example #4--Executing of a QOO Order Utilizing the Book Sweep Size
    The following example illustrates a QOO Order that utilizes the 
book sweep size and therefore executes against interest on the BOX 
Book.

 NBBO 3.09-3.15
 QOO Order for 100 at 3.09 (initiating side is sell)
 Book sweep size = 100.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    BOX Book
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PC1.........................              50            3.09            3.15              10  MM2
PC2.........................              50            3.08            3.16              10  MM3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Result: QOO Order is accepted, as the Floor Broker is willing to 
relinquish the full quantity of the initiating side to orders and 
quotes on the BOX Book. The initiating side will trade 50 contracts 
against PC1 at 3.09, and then the remaining 50 contracts will trade at 
3.09 against the contra-side.
Example #5--Insufficient Book Sweep Quantity
    The following example is designed to illustrate the situation where 
an executing Floor Broker did not provide an adequate book sweep size 
to have the QOO Order execute immediately when it was submitted to the 
Trading Host.

 NBBO 3.09-3.15
 QOO Order for 100 at 3.09 (initiating side is sell)
 Book sweep size = 40.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    BOX Book
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PC1.........................              50            3.09            3.15              10  MM2
PC2.........................              50            3.08            3.16              10  MM3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Result: QOO Order is rejected, as the Floor Broker is not willing 
to relinquish adequate quantity of the initiating side. Specifically, 
the book sweep size of 40 is not sufficient to satisfy PC1's 50 
contracts which have priority. Upon rejection, the Floor Broker may: 
(i) Increase the book sweep size and resubmit the order; or (ii) not 
trade the order on BOX.
Example #6--Trading Through an Away Exchange
    The following example is designed to illustrate how the Trading 
Host will handle a QOO Order that is submitted at a price that would 
trade-through an away exchange.

 NBBO 3.09-3.13
 QOO Order for 100 at 3.14 (initiating side is buy)
 Book sweep size = 100.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    BOX Book
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MM1.........................              50            3.09            3.15              10  MM2
BD1.........................              20            3.08            3.16              10  MM3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Result: QOO Order is rejected because the price of the QOO Order 
(3.14) is worse than the NBBO (3.13) on the contra-side of the QOO 
Order. The QOO Order is rejected even though the price of the QOO is 
better than the BOX Book on the initiating side (3.09) and the contra-
side (3.15). A QOO Order will not route to an away exchange and the QOO 
will not trade through any away exchange displaying a better price.
Example #7--Complex QOO Order on the Trading Floor
    The following is an example of an execution of a Complex QOO Order.

 Complex QOO Order for 100 of A+B at 2.01 (initiating side is 
buy)

[[Page 23671]]

 Floor Broker has disabled the away NBBO filter for the Complex 
QOO Order
 Book sweep size = 100
 NBBO for Complex Order \160\ A+B is 3.06-3.20
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \160\ The NBBO for Complex Orders is based on the NBBO for the 
individual options components of such Complex Order.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 BOX BBO for Complex Order \161\ A+B is 2.00-3.20
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \161\ The BOX BBO for Complex Orders is the best net bid and 
offer price based on the best bid and offer on the BOX Book for the 
individual option's components of the Complex Order.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         BOX Book For Complex Order A+B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              BOX Book Instrument A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PC1.........................              10            1.00            1.10              10  PC2
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              BOX Book Instrument B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BD1.........................              10            1.00            2.10              10  BD2
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Result: Complex QOO Order is accepted because the price of the 
Complex QOO Order (2.01) is better than the BOX BBO on the initiating 
side (2.00) and the contra-side (3.20). Additionally, since the NBBO 
filter has been disabled by the Floor Broker, the Complex QOO Order 
will ignore the NBBO for Complex Order A+B (3.06-3.20). Even when the 
Complex QOO Order ignores the away NBBO, it must still respect interest 
on BOX.
Example #8--Complex QOO Order Rejected Due to the Book Sweep Size
    The following is an example of a Complex QOO Order that is rejected 
by the Trading Host because the Floor Broker did not provide an 
adequate book sweep size to satisfy the resting interest on the Complex 
Order Book.

 Complex QOO Order for 100 of A+B at 3.07 (initiating side is 
sell)
 Book sweep size = 25
 NBBO for Complex Order A+B is 3.06-3.20

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         BOX Book For Complex Order A+B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MM1.........................              50            3.10
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              BOX Book Instrument A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PC1.........................              10            1.06            1.10              10  PC2
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              BOX Book Instrument B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BD1.........................             100            2.00            2.10             100  BD2
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Result: Complex QOO Order is rejected because the book sweep size 
is not adequate to satisfy the resting A+B Complex Orders on the 
Complex Order Book at 3.10 (50). If, however, the book sweep size was 
for at least 50 A+B, the Complex QOO Order would execute by having 50 
A+B execute against the resting Complex Orders on the Complex Order 
Book at 3.10. The remaining 50 A+B would execute against the contra-
side order at 3.07.
Example #9--Complex QOO Order Executing Against BOX Book Interest
    The following example is designed to illustrate the situation where 
the Complex QOO Order executes against Implied Orders \162\ and resting 
Complex Orders on the Complex Order Book.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \162\ An ``Implied Order'' is a Complex Order at the cNBBO, 
derived from the orders at the BBO on the BOX Book for each 
component leg of a Strategy, provided each component leg is at a 
price equal to NBBO for that series. See Rule 7240(d)(1).


[[Page 23672]]


---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 Complex QOO Order for 100 of A+B at 3.04 (initiating side is 
sell)
 Book sweep size = 100
 NBBO for Complex Order A+B is 3.06-3.20

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         BOX Book for Complex Order A+B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MM1.........................              60            3.06
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              BOX Book Instrument A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PC1.........................              10            1.06            1.10              10  PC2
MM2.........................              90            1.05
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              BOX Book Instrument B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BD1.........................             100            2.00            2.10             100  BD2
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Result: Complex QOO Order is accepted because the Floor Broker is 
willing to relinquish the full quantity of the initiating side to bids 
and offers on the BOX Book. The initiating side will execute against 
resting orders of the individual legs and resting A+B Complex Orders. 
Specifically, 10 A+B of the initiating side will execute against an 
Implied Order at 3.06 (leg A at 1.06 and leg B at 2.00), 60 A+B will 
execute at 3.06 against resting A+B Complex Order and 30 A+B against an 
Implied Order at 3.05 (leg A at 1.05 and leg B at 2.00).
Example #10--Complex QOO Order Executing Against BOX Book Interest with 
Remaining Interest
    The following example illustrates how the Exchange will handle a 
Complex QOO Order that executes against BOX Book interest first but 
leaves interest on the BOX Book.

 Complex QOO Order for 100 of A+B at 3.04 (initiating side is 
sell)
 Book sweep size = 100
 NBBO for Complex Order A+B is 3.06-3.20

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         BOX Book for Complex Order A+B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              BOX Book Instrument A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PC1.........................              10            1.06            1.10              10  PC2
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              BOX Book Instrument B
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Account               Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PC3.........................              20            2.00            2.10             100  BD2
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Result: Complex QOO Order is accepted. The initiating side will 
execute against resting orders of the individual legs and then against 
the contra-side. Specifically, 10 A+B of the initiating side will 
execute against an Implied Order at 3.06 (leg A at 1.06 and leg B at 
2.00), and 90 will execute against the contra-side at 3.04. The 
unexecuted interest on the BOX Book remains after the execution of the 
Complex QOO Order.
Example #11--Multiple Public Customer and non-Public Customer Orders on 
the BOX Book
    Under Proposed Rule 7600(d), multiple Public Customer and non-
Public Customer Orders on the BOX Book that have priority at the 
execution price of the QOO Order will be filled in the order they are 
ranked. The following example illustrates this situation.

 NBBO 3.10--3.13
 QOO Order for 100 at 3.10 (initiating side is sell)
 Surrender quantity = 100

[[Page 23673]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    BOX Book
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Account \163\            Quantity           Buy            Sell          Quantity           Account
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MM1.........................              50            3.10            3.15              10  MM2
PC1.........................              20            3.10  ..............  ..............  ..................
BD1.........................              50            3.10  ..............  ..............  ..................
PC2.........................              20            3.10  ..............  ..............  ..................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Result: QOO Order is accepted because the price of the QOO Order 
($3.10) is better than or equal to the NBBO on both the initiating side 
($3.13) and the contra-side ($3.10). The initiating side will trade 50 
contracts against MM1 at $3.10, then 20 against PC1 at $3.10, and then 
30 against BD1 at $3.10. The remaining quantity of BD1 (20 contracts) 
and PC2's order for 20 contracts will remain on the BOX Book.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \163\ This is the time sequence that the orders were received by 
BOX (i.e., MM1 was received first).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Guarantee
    The Exchange is proposing to allow for a participation guarantee 
for certain orders executed by Floor Brokers.\164\ Specifically, when a 
Floor Broker holds an order of the eligible order size or greater, the 
Floor Broker is entitled to cross a certain percentage of the order 
with other orders that the Floor Broker is holding. The Exchange may 
determine, on an option by option basis, the eligible size for an order 
on the Trading Floor to be subject to this guarantee; however, the 
eligible order size may not be less than 500 contracts.\165\ In 
determining whether an order satisfies the eligible order size 
requirement, any multi-part or Complex Order must contain one leg alone 
which is for the eligible order size or greater. The percentage of the 
order which a Floor Broker is entitled to cross, after all equal or 
better priced Public Customer bids or offers on the BOX Book and any 
non-Public Customer bids or offers that are ranked ahead of such Public 
Customer bids or offers are filled, is 40% of the remaining contracts 
in the order. However, nothing in this proposed Rule is intended to 
prohibit a Floor Broker from trading more than his percentage 
entitlement if the other Participants of the trading crowd do not 
choose to trade the remaining portion of the order.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \164\ See proposed Rule 7600(f). Proposed Rule 7600(f) is based 
on PHLX Rule 1064.02. The Exchange notes that there are certain 
differences from the PHLX rule due to the fact that the Exchange 
will not have specialists on the Trading Floor and the Exchange has 
different rules than PHLX when it comes to orders on the Trading 
Floor executing against interest on the electronic book.
    \165\ Any changes to the eligible order size shall be 
communicated to Participants via circular.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Additional Requirements
    The Exchange is proposing additional requirements for Floor 
Participants while present on the Trading Floor.\166\ First, BOX is 
proposing that a Floor Broker must disclose all securities that are 
components of the Public Customer Order before requesting bids and 
offers for the execution of all components of the order. Next, the 
Exchange is proposing rules pertaining to treatment of quotes provided 
by Floor Participants. Specifically, a quote provided by a Floor 
Participant will remain in effect until: (1) A reasonable amount of 
time has passed; or (2) there is a significant change in the price of 
the underlying security; \167\ or (3) the market given in response to 
the request has been improved.\168\ BOX is proposing that the Floor 
Participant who established the market will, at the given price, have 
priority over all other orders that were not announced in the trading 
crowd at the time that the market was established (but not over Public 
Customer orders on the BOX Book or any non-Public Customer orders that 
have priority over such Public Customer orders on the BOX Book) and 
will maintain priority over such orders except for orders that improve 
upon the market. Additionally, when a Floor Broker announces an order 
to the trading crowd pursuant to Rule 7580(e)(2), it shall be the 
responsibility of the Floor Participant who established the market to 
alert the Floor Broker of the fact that the Floor Participant has 
priority.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \166\ See proposed IM-7600-1. Proposed IM-7600-1 is based on 
PHLX Rule 1064.02. The Exchange notes that there are certain 
differences from the PHLX rule in order to account for the fact that 
BOX will not have specialists on the Trading Floor. Additionally, 
the Exchange is proposing additional language to clarify it is the 
responsibility of the Floor Participant who established the market 
to alert the executing Floor Broker of such information.
    \167\ In the case of a dispute, the term ``significant change'' 
will be interpreted on a case-by-case basis by an Options Exchange 
Official based upon the extent of recent trading in the option and 
in the underlying security, and any other relevant factors.
    \168\ See proposed IM-7600-1(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing that Floor Participants may not prevent a 
Complex Order from being completed by giving a competing bid or offer 
for one component of such order. Lastly, the Exchange is proposing that 
if a Floor Broker is crossing a Public Customer Order with an order 
that is not a Public Customer Order, when providing an opportunity for 
the trading crowd to participate in the transaction, the Floor Broker 
shall disclose the Public Customer Order that is subject to crossing.
Tied Hedge
    BOX is proposing the adoption of rules that will allow for tied 
hedge transactions. Tied hedge transactions are transactions that 
involve an option transaction and a hedging transaction occurring on a 
non-option market, as described in greater detail below.\169\ 
Specifically, the Exchange is proposing that nothing prohibits a Floor 
Broker from buying or selling a stock, security futures, or futures 
position following receipt of an option order, including a Complex 
Order, provided that prior to announcing such order to the trading 
crowd certain conditions are met. The option order must be in a class 
designated as eligible for tied hedge transactions as determined by the 
Exchange and is within the designated tied hedge eligibility size 
parameters, which parameters shall be determined by the Exchange and 
may not be smaller than 500 contracts per order. Additionally, there 
shall be no aggregation of multiple orders to satisfy the size 
parameter, and for Complex Orders involved in a tied hedge transaction 
at least one leg must meet the minimum size requirement. The Floor 
Broker must create an electronic record that it is engaged in a tied 
hedge transaction in a form and manner prescribed by the Exchange. The 
hedging position is comprised of a position designated as eligible for 
a tied hedge transaction as determined by the Exchange and may include 
the same underlying stock applicable to the option order, a security 
future overlying the same stock applicable to the option order or, in 
reference to an index or Exchange-Traded Fund Shares (``ETF''), a 
related instrument.\170\ Additionally,

[[Page 23674]]

the hedging position must be brought without undue delay to the trading 
crowd and announced concurrently with the option order; offered to the 
trading crowd in its entirety; and offered, at the execution price 
received by the Floor Broker introducing the option, to any in-crowd 
Floor Participant who has established parity or priority for the 
related options. The hedging position must not exceed the option order 
on a delta basis to be eligible for treatment as a tied hedge order.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \169\ See proposed IM-7600-2. Proposed IM-7600-2 is based on 
NYSE Arca Rule 6.47.01.
    \170\ A ``related instrument'' means, in reference to an index 
option, securities comprising ten percent or more of the component 
securities in the index or a futures contract on any economically 
equivalent index applicable to the option order. A ``related 
instrument'' means, in reference to an ETF option, a futures 
contract on any economically equivalent index applicable to the ETF 
underlying the option order.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is further proposing that all tied hedge transactions 
(regardless of whether the option order is a simple or Complex Order) 
are treated the same as Complex Orders for purposes of the Exchange's 
open outcry allocation and reporting procedures. Tied hedge 
transactions are subject to the existing NBBO trade-through 
requirements for options and stock, as applicable, and may qualify for 
various exceptions; however, when the option order is a simple order, 
the execution of the option leg of a tied hedge transaction does not 
qualify for the NBBO trade-through exception for a Complex Trade 
(defined in proposed Rule 7610(e)). Floor Participants that participate 
in the option transaction must also participate in the hedging position 
and may not prevent the option transaction from occurring by giving a 
competing bid or offer for one component of such order. In the event 
the conditions in the non-options market prevent the execution of the 
non-option leg(s) at the agreed prices, the trade representing the 
options leg(s) may be cancelled. BOX is proposing that prior to 
entering tied hedge orders on behalf of Public Customers, the Floor 
Broker must deliver to the Public Customer a written notification 
informing the Public Customer that his order may be executed using the 
Exchange's tied hedge procedures. The proposed Rule dealing with tied 
hedge orders is based on the rules of another options exchange.\171\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \171\ See NYSE Arca Rule 6.47.01.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is also proposing language related to Section 
11(a)(1)(G) of the Exchange Act.\172\ Specifically, a BOX Participant 
shall not utilize the Trading Floor to effect any transaction for its 
own account, the account of an associated person, or an account with 
respect to which it or an associated person thereof exercises 
investment discretion by relying on an exemption under Section 
11(a)(1)(G) of the Exchange Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \172\ See proposed IM-7600-5.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Clerks
    The Exchange is proposing to adopt Rule 7630 Clerks, which provides 
requirements for Clerks on the Trading Floor.\173\ The proposal defines 
``Clerk'' as any registered on-floor person employed by or associated 
with a Floor Broker or Floor Market Maker and who is not eligible to 
effect transactions on the Trading Floor as a Floor Market Maker or 
Floor Broker. The proposed Rule codifies that Clerks must display the 
badge(s) supplied by the Exchange while on the Trading Floor. Further, 
Proposed Rule 7630(c) codifies that a Clerk shall be primarily located 
at a workstation assigned to his employer or assigned to his employer's 
clearing firm unless such Clerk is (1) entering or leaving the Trading 
Floor, (2) transmitting, correcting or checking the status of an order 
or reporting or correcting an executed trade or (3) supervising other 
Clerks if he is identified as a supervisor on the registration form 
submitted to the Exchange's Membership Department.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \173\ Proposed Rule 7630 is based on PHLX Rule 1090.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is also proposing Rule 7630(d), which details the 
registration requirements for a Floor Broker who employs a Clerk that 
performs any function other than a solely clerical or ministerial 
function. On the Trading Floor, a Clerk may enter an order under the 
direction of a Floor Broker by way of any order handling entry 
device.\174\ Proposed Rule 7630(f) defines a Floor Market Maker Clerk 
as any on-floor Clerk employed by or associated with a Floor Market 
Maker, and details the registration requirements and conduct on the 
Trading Floor for Floor Market Maker Clerks. A Floor Market Maker Clerk 
is permitted to communicate verbal market information (i.e., bid, 
offer, and size) in response to requests for such information, provided 
that such information is communicated under the direct supervision of 
his or her Floor Market Maker employer. A Floor Market Maker Clerk may 
consummate electronic transactions under the express direction of his 
or her Floor Market Maker employer by matching bids and offers. Such 
bids and offers and transactions effected under the supervision of a 
Floor Market Maker are binding as if made by the Floor Market Maker 
employer.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \174\ See proposed Rule 7630(e).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Disputes on the Trading Floor
    The Exchange is proposing to adopt Rule 7640 to codify the process 
for the resolution of trading disputes on the Trading Floor.\175\ 
Specifically, disputes occurring on and relating to the Trading Floor, 
if not settled by agreement between the Floor Participants interested, 
shall be settled by an Options Exchange Official.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \175\ Proposed Rule 7640 is based on PHLX Rule 124. The Exchange 
notes that there are certain differences from the PHLX rule because 
the Exchange desires to have consistency with its existing rules 
related to reviewing an Exchange ruling.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing that an Options Exchange Official shall 
institute the course of action deemed to be most fair to all parties 
under the circumstances at the time when issuing decisions for the 
resolution of trading disputes. An Options Official may direct the 
execution of an order or adjust the transaction terms or Participants 
to an executed order, and may also nullify a transaction if the 
transaction is determined to have been in violation of Exchange Rules. 
Options transactions that are the result of an Obvious Error or 
Catastrophic Error shall be subject to the provisions and procedures 
set forth in Rule 7170. The proposed Rule also states that all rulings 
rendered by an Options Exchange Official are effective immediately and 
must be complied with promptly; failure to do so may result in an 
additional violation.
    Proposed Rule 7640(e) states that all Options Exchange Official 
rulings are reviewable by the CRO or his or her designee, and sets 
forth the process for such review. Regulatory staff must be advised 
within 15 minutes of an Options Exchange Official's ruling that a party 
to such ruling has determined to appeal from such ruling to the CRO or 
his or her designee. The Exchange may establish the procedures for the 
submission of a request for a review of an Options Exchange Official 
ruling. Options Exchange Official rulings (including those concerning 
the nullification or adjustment of transactions) may be sustained, 
overturned, or modified by the CRO or his or her designee. In making a 
determination, the CRO or his or her designee may consider facts and 
circumstances not available to the ruling Options Exchange Official, as 
well as action taken by the parties in reliance on the Options Exchange 
Official's ruling (e.g., cover, hedge, and related trading activity). 
Further, all decisions made by the CRO or his or her designee

[[Page 23675]]

in connection with initial rulings on requests for relief and with the 
review of an Options Exchange Official ruling pursuant to this proposed 
Rule 7640(e) shall be documented in writing and maintained by the 
Exchange in accordance with the record keeping requirements set forth 
in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules 
thereunder. A Floor Participant seeking review of an Options Exchange 
Official ruling shall be assessed a fee of $250.00 for each Options 
Exchange Official ruling to be reviewed that is sustained and not 
overturned or modified by the CRO or his or her designee.\176\ All 
decisions of the CRO or his or her designee shall be final and may not 
be appealed to the Exchange's Board of Directors. Additionally, all 
decisions of the CRO or his or her designee are effective immediately 
and must be complied with promptly. Failure to promptly comply with a 
decision of the Exchange may result in an additional violation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \176\ In addition, in instances where the Exchange, on behalf of 
an Options Participant, requests a review by another options 
exchange, the Exchange will pass any resulting charges through to 
the relevant Options Participant.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Lastly, as discussed in proposed IM-7640-1, the Exchange may 
determine that an Options Exchange Official is ineligible to 
participate in a particular ruling where it appears that such Options 
Exchange Official has a conflict of interest. The Exchange also sets 
forth when a conflict of interest exists, and allows that Exchange 
staff may consider other circumstances, on a case-by-case basis, in 
determining the eligibility or ineligibility of a particular Options 
Exchange Official to participate in a particular ruling due to a 
conflict of interest.\177\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \177\ See proposed IM-7640-1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Trading for Joint Account
    The Exchange is proposing Rule 7650, which will govern Trading for 
Joint Accounts.\178\ Specifically, it stipulates that while on the 
Trading Floor, no Options Participant shall initiate the purchase or 
sale on the Exchange of any security for any account in which he, his 
Options Participant organization or a participant therein, is directly 
or indirectly interested with any person other than such Options 
Participant or participant therein. The Exchange further clarifies that 
these provisions shall not apply to any purchase or sale by any Options 
Participant for any joint account maintained solely for effecting bona 
fide domestic or foreign arbitrage transactions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \178\ Proposed Rule 7650 is based on PHLX Rule 772.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Communications and Equipment
    The Exchange is proposing Rule 7660 Communications and Equipment, 
which deals with communication and equipment on the Trading Floor. 
Specifically, the proposed Rule details which communication devices are 
prohibited; provides the Exchange with the ability to remove any 
communication device that is in violation; sets forth the registration 
requirement and process; specifies the capacity and functionality of 
communication devices; outlines the communication devices allowed to 
Floor Market Makers, Floor Brokers, and Clerks; requires the 
maintenance of telephone records, and excludes the Exchange from 
liability due to conflicts between communication devices or due to 
electronic interference. Additionally, the Exchange will establish a 
communication device policy and violations of such policy may result in 
disciplinary action by the Exchange.\179\ Proposed IM-7660-2 clarifies 
that proposed Rule 7660 and any relevant Exchange policy are intended 
to apply to all communication and other electronic devices on the Floor 
of the Exchange, including, but not limited to, wireless, wired, 
tethered, voice, and data. The Exchange notes that the proposed rules 
applicable to communication and equipment on the Trading Floor are 
based on the rules of another exchange.\180\ Lastly, Proposed IM-7660-3 
provides the Exchange with the ability to limit or revoke the use of 
any communication device on the Trading Floor whenever the Exchange 
determines that use of such communication device: (1) Interferes with 
the normal operation of the Exchange's own systems or facilities or 
with the Exchange's regulatory duties, (2) is inconsistent with the 
public interest, the protection of investors or just and equitable 
principles of trade, or (3) interferes with the obligations of a Floor 
Participant to fulfill its duties under, or is used to facilitate any 
violation of, the Act or rules thereunder, or Exchange rules. The 
Exchange notes that proposed IM-7660-3 is based on the rules of another 
exchange.\181\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \179\ See proposed IM-7660-1.
    \180\ See PHLX Rule 606. The Exchange notes that it is not 
copying PHLX Rule 606(b)(2)(i), which prohibits any member from 
establishing communication devices on the floor. The Exchange 
believes that this provision is not necessary and would be contrary 
to the Exchange's proposed Trading Floor design. Specifically, the 
Exchange will not be providing communication devices for Floor 
Participants; Floor Participants will be responsible for providing 
their own communication devices. Therefore, the inclusion of this 
provision would directly conflict with the Exchange's plan. 
Additionally, proposed Rule 7660(g) contains a provision not 
included in PHLX's rule that requires wireless telephone and other 
communication devices on the Options Floor to comply with applicable 
floor policies. The Exchange believes this provision is important as 
to make clear the restrictions and requirements applicable to 
communication devices on the Trading Floor.
    \181\ See CBOE Rule 6.23(b). The Exchange notes that although 
other provisions of proposed Rule 7660 are based on PHLX, PHLX does 
not allow Floor Brokers to receive orders while in the trading 
crowd; therefore, the Exchange is proposing to follow CBOE, which 
allows Floor Brokers to receive orders in the trading crowd.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Floor Market Makers
    The Exchange is proposing Rule 8500 Floor Market Maker, which 
details the rules surrounding Floor Market Makers, including 
registration as a Market Maker and suspension and termination of a 
Floor Market Maker.\182\ Specifically, with regard to suspension or 
termination, the registration of any Options Participant as a Floor 
Market Maker may be suspended or terminated by the Exchange upon a 
determination that such Options Participant has failed to properly 
perform as a Floor Market Maker.\183\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \182\ See proposed Rules 8500 (a) and (b). Proposed Rules 8500 
(a) and (b) are based on PHLX Rule 1020. There are certain 
differences with PHLX's rule due to the fact that PHLX has 
additional categories of Participants that the Exchange does not.
    \183\ The 13000 Series of the Exchange's Rules provide 
procedures, including appealing, for Participants aggrieved by 
Exchange action, including suspension and termination.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes that a Floor Market Maker shall not effect on 
the Exchange purchases or sales of any option in which such Floor 
Market Maker is registered, for any account in which he or his Options 
Participant is directly or indirectly interested, unless such dealings 
are reasonably necessary to permit such Floor Market Maker to maintain 
a fair and orderly market.\184\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \184\ See proposed Rule 8500(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Also, the Exchange proposes certain expectations of Floor Market 
Makers. Specifically, proposed Rule 8500(d) details that it is 
ordinarily expected that a Floor Market Maker will engage, to a 
reasonable degree under the existing circumstances, in dealings for his 
own account in options when lack of price continuity or lack of depth 
in the options market or temporary disparity between supply and demand 
in the options market exists or is reasonably to be anticipated. The 
Exchange is proposing that transactions effected on the Exchange by a 
Floor Market Maker for his own account, and in the options in which he 
is registered, are to constitute a course of dealings reasonably 
calculated to contribute to

[[Page 23676]]

the maintenance of price continuity with reasonable depth, and to the 
minimizing of the effects of temporary disparity between supply and 
demand, immediate or reasonably to be anticipated. Transactions in such 
options not part of such a course of dealings are not to be effected by 
a Floor Market Maker for his own account.\185\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \185\ See proposed Rule 8500(d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing Rule 8510 which will govern the 
obligations and restrictions applicable to Floor Market Makers.\186\ 
Generally, transactions of a Floor Market Maker should constitute a 
course of dealings reasonably calculated to contribute to the 
maintenance of a fair and orderly market, and those Participants should 
not enter into transactions or make bids or offers that are 
inconsistent with such a course of dealings.\187\ Additionally, the 
Exchange is proposing to define a Floor Market Maker as an Options 
Participant on the Exchange located on the Trading Floor who has 
received permission from the Exchange to trade in options for his own 
account.\188\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \186\ Proposed Rule 8510 is based on PHLX Rule 1014. PHLX Rule 
1014 includes numerous sections that the Exchange is not including 
in proposed Rule 8510. The majority of the sections that the 
Exchange is omitting are not relevant to BOX. Specifically, they 
involve rules related to Participant categories that the Exchange 
does not and will not have on BOX. These include Streaming Quote 
Trader, which is a Registered Option Trader who has received 
permission from PHLX to submit electronic quotes only while they are 
present on the floor, and specialists. Additionally, the Exchange is 
not copying PHLX Rule 1014.06, which covers information barriers, 
because the Exchange already has rules covering misuse of material 
information. See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 75916 
(September 14, 2015), 80 FR 56503 (September 18, 2015) (SR-BOX-2015-
31). The Exchange is not copying PHLX Rules 1014.13 and 1014.14 
because the PHLX Rules deal with types of activities and members 
that will not be present on BOX's Trading Floor. As previously 
mentioned, PHLX Rule 1014.13 requires an in person minimum that the 
Exchange does not believe is necessary on the Trading Floor.
    \187\ See proposed Rule 8510(a).
    \188\ See proposed Rule 8510(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing a Continuous Open Outcry Quoting 
Obligation for Floor Market Makers.\189\ The Continuous Open Outcry 
Quoting Obligation requires Floor Market Makers to provide a two-sided 
market on the Trading Floor complying with the quote spread parameter 
requirements contained in proposed Rule 8510(d)(1).\190\ As part of the 
Continuous Open Outcry Quoting Obligation, such Floor Market Makers 
shall provide such quotations with a size of not less than 10 
contracts.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \189\ See proposed Rule 8510(c).
    \190\ See proposed Rule 8510(c)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange also proposes affirmative obligations for Floor Market 
Makers in classes of option contracts to which they are assigned. 
Specifically, whenever a Floor Market Maker is called upon by an 
Options Exchange Official or a Floor Broker to make a market, the Floor 
Market Maker is expected to engage, to a reasonable degree under the 
existing circumstances, in dealing for his own account when there 
exists, or it is reasonably anticipated that there will exist, a lack 
of price continuity, a temporary disparity between the supply of and 
demand for a particular option contract, or a temporary distortion of 
the price relationships between option contracts of the same 
class.\191\ Additionally, the Exchange proposes the following 
obligations on Floor Market Makers while performing their market making 
activities on the Trading Floor: (1) Quote Spread Parameters (Bid/Ask 
Differentials) \192\ and (2) Maximum Option Price Change.\193\ 
Specifically, Floor Market Makers shall provide a bid/ask differential 
on the Trading Floor for options on equities and index options by 
bidding and/or offering so as to create differences of no more than 
$0.25 between the bid and the offer for each option contract for which 
the prevailing bid is less than $2; no more than $0.40 where the 
prevailing bid is $2 or more but less than $5; no more than $0.50 where 
the prevailing bid is $5 or more but less than $10; no more than $0.80 
where the prevailing bid is $10 or more but less than $20; and no more 
than $1 where the prevailing bid is $20 or more, provided that, in the 
case of equity options, the bid/ask differentials stated above shall 
not apply to in-the-money series where the market for the underlying 
security is wider than the differentials set forth above. For such 
series, the bid/ask differentials may be as wide as the quotation for 
the underlying security on the primary market, or its decimal 
equivalent rounded up to the nearest minimum increment. The Exchange 
may establish differences other than the above for one or more series 
or classes of options.\194\ Quotations provided in open outcry may not 
be made with $5 bid/ask differentials provided in Rule 8040(a)(7) and 
instead must comply with the legal bid/ask differential requirements 
described in this subparagraph. These proposed obligations for Floor 
Market Maker are based on the rules of another exchange.\195\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \191\ See proposed Rule 8510(d).
    \192\ See proposed Rule 8510(d)(1).
    \193\ On the Trading Floor, a Floor Market Maker shall not be 
bidding more than $1 lower and/or offering no more than $1 higher 
than the last preceding transaction price for the particular option 
contract. However, this standard shall not ordinarily apply if the 
price per share of the underlying stock or Exchange-Traded Fund 
Share has changed by more than $1 since the last preceding 
transaction for the particular option contract. See proposed Rule 
8510(d)(2).
    \194\ The Exchange notes that the ability to provide different 
quoting requirements is not novel and the Exchange already has this 
ability when it comes to electronic quoting requirements. See Rule 
8040(a)(7). Additionally, another Exchange allows for the same on 
their floor. See PHLX Rule 1014(c)(i)(A)(1)(a).
    \195\ See PHLX Rule 1014(c)(i)(A). The Exchange is not including 
all of the PHLX rules related to Floor Market Maker quoting 
obligations. Specifically, the Exchange is not including PHLX rules 
applicable to foreign currency options because BOX does not list for 
trading foreign currency options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is also proposing restrictions for Floor Market Makers 
in classes of option contracts other than those to which they are 
appointed. Specifically, with respect to classes in which Floor Marker 
Makers are not appointed, Floor Market Makers should not (1) 
individually or as a group, intentionally or unintentionally, dominate 
the market in option contracts of a particular class; or (2) effect 
purchases or sales on the Trading Floor of the Exchange except in a 
reasonable and orderly manner; (3) be conspicuous in the general market 
or in the market in a particular option.\196\ Further, the Exchange 
proposes additional restrictions on Floor Market Makers.\197\ 
Specifically, except as otherwise provided, no Floor Market Maker shall 
(1) initiate a transaction while on the Trading Floor for any account 
in which he has an interest and execute as Floor Broker an off-floor 
order in options on the same underlying interest during the same 
trading session, or (2) retain priority over an off-floor order while 
establishing or increasing a position for an account in which he has an 
interest while on the Trading Floor of the Exchange.\198\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \196\ See proposed Rule 8510(e).
    \197\ See proposed Rule 8510(f).
    \198\ This provision shall not apply to (1) any transaction by a 
registered Floor Market Maker in an option in which he is so 
registered; or (2) any transaction, other than a transaction for an 
account in which a Floor Market Maker has an interest, made with the 
prior approval of an Options Exchange Official to permit a member to 
contribute to the maintenance of a fair and orderly market in an 
option, or any purchase or sale to reverse any such transaction; or 
(3) any transaction to offset a transaction made in error. See 
proposed Rule 8510(g).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed Rule 8510(h) discusses option priority and parity on the 
Trading Floor.\199\ Specifically, it references proposed Rule 7610, 
which

[[Page 23677]]

directs Floor Participants in the establishment of priority of orders 
on the Trading Floor. The Exchange is proposing to clarify that in 
situations where the allocation of contracts result in fractional 
amounts of contracts to be allocated to Floor Participants, the number 
of contracts to be allocated shall be rounded in a fair and equitable 
manner.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \199\ Proposed Rule 8510(h) is based on PHLX Rule 1014(g)(i)(A). 
The Exchange is not including the provision discussing orders of 
controlled accounts because the provision is not applicable to the 
Exchange's Trading Floor. Specifically, the Exchange's Trading Floor 
does not require a distinction for controlled accounts.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is also clarifying that Floor Participants must follow 
just and equitable principles of trade when dealing on the Trading 
Floor.\200\ Specifically, it shall be considered conduct inconsistent 
with just and equitable principles of trade for: (a) A Floor Broker to 
allocate orders other than in accordance with the Exchange's priority 
rules applicable to floor trades; (b) a Floor Participant to enter into 
any agreement with another Floor Participant concerning allocation of 
trades; or (c) a Floor Participant to harass, intimidate or coerce 
another Floor Participant to make or refrain from making any complaint 
or appeal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \200\ See proposed Rule 8510(h)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing substantial Interpretive Material to 
supplement the Floor Market Maker Rules.\201\ Specifically, the 
Exchange is proposing IM-8510-1, which provides that the obligations of 
a Floor Market Maker with respect to those classes of options to which 
he is assigned shall take precedence over his other activities. The 
Exchange is proposing IM-8510-2, which details non-electronic orders 
and states that Floor Market Makers participating in a trading crowd 
may, in response to a verbal request for a market by a Floor Broker, 
state a bid or offer that is different than their electronically 
submitted bid or offer, provided that such stated bid or offer is not 
inferior to such electronically submitted bid or offer, except when 
such stated bid or offer is made in response to a Floor Broker's 
solicitation of a single bid or offer as set forth in proposed Rule 
7040(d)(2).\202\ A Floor Market Maker shall be deemed to be 
participating in the crowd if such Floor Market Maker is, at the time 
an order is announced in the crowd, physically located in the specific 
Crowd Area. A Floor Market Maker who is physically present in such 
Crowd Area may engage in options transactions in assigned issues as a 
crowd participant, provided that such Floor Market Maker fulfills the 
requirements set forth in proposed Rule 8510. The Exchange is proposing 
to define the term ``on the floor'' as meaning the Trading Floor of the 
Exchange; the rooms, lobbies and other premises immediately adjacent 
thereto made available by the Exchange for use by Floor Participants 
generally; other rooms, lobbies and premises made available by the 
Exchange primarily for use by Floor Participants; and the telephone and 
other facilities in any such place.\203\ The Exchange is also proposing 
that the provisions of this Proposed Rule 8510 do not apply to 
transactions initiated by a Floor Market Maker for an account in which 
he has an interest unless such transactions are either initiated by a 
Floor Market Maker while on the Floor or unless such transactions, 
although originated off the Floor, are deemed on-Floor transactions 
under the provisions of these Rules.\204\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \201\ The proposed Interpretive Material to supplement the Floor 
Market Maker Rules is based mostly on commentary to PHLX Rule 1014. 
The Exchange notes that it is not copying all of the commentary to 
PHLX Rule 1014 as some of the commentary is not applicable because 
it involves specialists, who the Exchange does not have, or the 
commentary is covered by different proposed rules.
    \202\ Proposed IM-8510-2 is based on PHLX Rule 1014.05(c). The 
Exchange is not including all of PHLX Rue 1014.05(c). Specifically, 
the Exchange is not including provisions of the PHLX Rule related to 
specialist because the Exchange does not have specialists and is not 
proposing to have specialists. The Exchange is also not including 
PHLX provisions related to priority of orders represented on the 
floor because the Exchange is copying the floor priority provisions 
from NYSE Arca and they are covered by proposed Rule 7600(c)
    \203\ See proposed IM-8510-3(a). Proposed IM-8510-3(a) is based 
on PHLX Rule 1014.07.
    \204\ See proposed IM-8510-3(b). Proposed IM-8510-3(b) is based 
on PHLX Rule 1014.07.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Additionally, the Exchange proposes that an off-Floor order for an 
account in which a Participant has an interest is to be treated as an 
on-Floor order if it is executed by the Participant who initiated 
it.\205\ Proposed IM-8510-4 also includes additional transactions that 
will be considered on-Floor transactions, including any transaction for 
an account in which a Floor Market Maker has an interest if such 
transaction is initiated off the Trading Floor by such Floor Market 
Maker after he has been on the Trading Floor during the same day. 
Additionally, the following will be treated as on-Floor orders, any 
transactions for a Participant for an account in which it has an 
interest: (1) Which results in an order entered off the Floor following 
a conversation relating thereto with a Floor Participant on the Floor 
who is a partner of or stockholder in such Participant; or (2) which 
results from an order entered off the Floor following the unsolicited 
submission from the Floor to the office of a quotation in a stock or 
Exchange-Traded Fund Share and the size of the market by a Participant 
on the Floor who is a partner of or stockholder in such Participant; or 
(3) which results from an order entered off the Floor which is executed 
by a Participant on the Floor who is a partner of or stockholder in 
such Participant and who had handled the order on a ``not-held'' basis; 
\206\ or (4) which results from an order entered off the Floor which is 
executed by a Participant on the Floor who is a partner of or 
stockholder in such Participant and who has changed the terms of the 
order.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \205\ See proposed IM-8510-4. Proposed IM-8510-4 is based on 
PHLX Rule 1014.08.
    \206\ However, the following are not on-Floor orders and such 
restrictions shall not apply to an order: (1) To sell an option for 
an account in which the Participant is directly or indirectly 
interested if, in facilitating the sale of a large block of stock or 
Exchange-Traded Fund Shares, the Participant acquired its position 
because the demand on the Floor was not sufficient to absorb the 
block at a particular price or prices; or (2) to purchase or sell an 
option for an account in which the Options Participant is directly 
or indirectly interested if the Options Participant was invited to 
participate on the opposite side of a block transaction by another 
Options Participant or a partner or stockholder therein because the 
market on the Floor could not readily absorb the block at a 
particular price or prices; or (3) to purchase or sell an option for 
an account in which the Participant is directly or indirectly 
interested if the transaction is on the opposite side of a block 
order being executed by the Participant for the account of its 
customer and the transaction is made to facilitate the execution of 
such order.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing that an on-Floor order given by a Floor 
Market Maker to a commission broker, for an account in which the Floor 
Market Maker has an interest, is subject to all the rules restricting 
Floor Market Makers.\207\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \207\ See proposed IM-8510-5. Proposed IM-8510-5 is based on 
PHLX Rule 1014.09.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing that the number of Floor Market Makers in 
the trading crowd who are establishing or increasing a position may 
temporarily be limited when, in the judgment of an Options Exchange 
Official, the interests of a fair and orderly market are served by such 
limitation.\208\ Additionally, the Exchange is proposing that the 
Exchange may adopt policies affecting the location of Floor 
Participants on the Trading Floor in the interest of a fair and orderly 
market.\209\ Lastly, the Exchange is proposing that a Floor Market 
Maker cannot acquire a ``long'' position by pairing off with a sell 
order before the opening, unless all off-Floor bids at that price are 
filled.\210\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \208\ See proposed IM-8510-6. Proposed IM-8510-6 is based on 
PHLX Rule 1014.12.
    \209\ See proposed IM-8510-7. Proposed IM-8510-7 is based on 
PHLX Rule 1014.17.
    \210\ See proposed IM-8510-9. Proposed IM-8510-9 is based on 
PHLX Rule 1014.11.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rules applicable to Floor Market Makers are based 
predominately on the rules of PHLX. However, BOX omitted certain PHLX

[[Page 23678]]

rules from the proposed rules due to certain differences with how the 
Exchange is designing the Trading Floor. The Exchange is not including 
any of PHLX's waiver provisions in the proposed rules.\211\ The 
Exchange does not believe that waiver provisions are necessary because 
the Exchange is not having specialists who have entitlement guarantees 
that they could waive on the Trading Floor. Additionally, BOX is not 
including rules related to foreign currency options because the 
Exchange does not list for trading options on foreign currencies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \211\ See PHLX Rule 1014(g)(v)(D).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is not including certain PHLX rules related to 
participation guarantees, allocation and priority. PHLX participant 
guarantee rules are designed to provide a guarantee entitlement to 
specialists on the trading floor. BOX is not proposing to have 
specialists on the Trading Floor and therefore there is no reason to 
include these PHLX rules. Additionally, BOX's proposed allocation and 
priority rules for orders originating from the Trading Floor are based 
on the rules of NYSE Arca \212\ and not those of PHLX.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \212\ See NYSE Arca Rules 6.47(a) and 6.75.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes Rule 8530 which details the resolution of an 
uncompared trade.\213\ Specifically, when a disagreement between Floor 
Participants arising from an uncompared Exchange options transaction 
cannot be resolved by mutual agreement prior to 10:00 a.m. on the first 
business day following the trade date, the parties shall promptly, but 
not later than 3:30 p.m. on such day close out the transaction in the 
following manner. The Floor Participant representing the purchaser in 
the uncompared Exchange options transaction shall promptly enter into a 
new Exchange options transaction on the Floor of the Exchange to 
purchase the option contract that was the subject of the uncompared 
Exchange options transaction. The Floor Participant representing the 
writer in the uncompared Exchange options transaction shall promptly 
enter into a new Exchange options transaction on the Floor of the 
Exchange to sell (write) the option contract that was the subject of 
the uncompared Exchange options transaction. Any claims for damages 
resulting from such transactions must be made promptly for the accounts 
of the Floor Participants involved and not for the accounts of their 
respective customers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either Floor 
Participant is acting for a firm account in an uncompared Exchange 
options transaction and not for the account of a Public Customer, such 
Floor Participant need not enter into a new transaction, in which event 
money differences will be based solely on the closing transaction of 
the other party to the uncompared transaction. In the event an 
uncompared transaction involves an option contract of a series in which 
trading has been terminated or suspended before a new Exchange options 
transaction can be effected to establish the amount of any loss, the 
Floor Participant not at fault may claim damages against the other 
Floor Participant involved in the transaction based on the terms of 
such transaction. All such claims for damages shall be made promptly.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \213\ Proposed Rule 8530 is based on PHLX Rule 1039.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fees
    The Exchange has not yet determined the fees for transactions 
originating from the Trading Floor. Prior to commencing trading on the 
Trading Floor, the Exchange will file proposed fees with the 
Commission.
Additional Changes
    The Exchange is also proposing minor edits to other sections of the 
Exchange's Rulebook in order to accommodate the various changes. 
Specifically, the Exchange is proposing several new definitions which 
results in the renumbering of numerous other definitions. Therefore, 
the Exchange is amending various references to definitions in the 
Rulebook.\214\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \214\ See proposed changes to Rules 7130, 7150, and 7245.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange notes that BOX Rule 3090 (Prevention of the Misuse of 
Material Nonpublic Information) will apply to Floor Participants. 
Specifically, Floor Brokers and Floor Market Makers will be required to 
establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures 
reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of material, non-public 
information by such Participant or persons associated with such 
Participant.\215\ The Exchange does not believe more prescriptive 
information barriers are necessary for these Participants, as neither 
Floor Brokers nor Floor Market Makers will have different or greater 
access to nonpublic information when compared to any other Options 
Participant on the Exchange.\216\ Accordingly, because these Floor 
Participants do not have any trading advantages at the Exchange due to 
their market role, the Exchange believes that they should be subject to 
the same rules as other Participants regarding the protection against 
the misuse of material non-public information, which in this case is 
BOX Rule 3090.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \215\ As is the case today, information barriers of new entrants 
would be subject to review as part of a new firm application. 
Moreover, the policies and procedures of Market Makers, including 
those relating to information barriers, would be subject to review 
by the Exchange.
    \216\ A principles based approach to protect against the misuse 
of material non-public information for all of its registered Options 
Participants is consistent with the rules of other options and 
equities exchanges, except for prescribed rules relating to floor-
based designated market makers on the NYSE, who have access to 
specified non-public trading information. Further, the Exchange 
believes that the principles-based approach is appropriate with 
regard to BOX's market structure because it provides greater 
flexibility for how BOX Option Participants modify their internal 
policies and procedures in order to reflect their business model, 
business activities, or to their securities market itself. The 
Exchange also believes that the principles-based approach will 
provide for broader protections rather than a more prescriptive 
approach which would only protect certain defined non-public 
information.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange notes that this principles-based approach to 
protecting against the misuse of material non-public information for 
all its Participants is consistent with the rules of other exchanges 
with physical trading floors.\217\ Except for prescribed rules relating 
to floor-based designated market makers on the NYSE, who have access to 
specified non-public trading information, each of these exchange have a 
principles based approach protecting against the misuse of material 
non-public information. In connection with approving these rule 
changes, the Commission found that, with adequate oversight by 
exchanges of their members, eliminating prescriptive information 
barrier requirements should not reduce the effectiveness of exchange 
rules requiring members to establish and maintain systems to supervise 
the activities of members, including written procedures reasonably 
designed to ensure compliance with applicable federal securities laws 
and regulations,

[[Page 23679]]

and with the rules of the applicable exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \217\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 75432 (July 13, 
2015), 80 FR 42597 (July 17, 2015) (Order Approving Adopting a 
Principles-Based Approach to Prohibit the Misuse of Material 
Nonpublic Information by Specialists and e-Specialists by Deleting 
Rule 927.3NY and Section (f) of Rule 927.5NY). See also Securities 
Exchange Act Release Nos. 60604 (Sept. 2, 2009), 76 FR 46272 (Sept. 
8, 2009) (SR-NYSEArca-2009-78) (Order approving elimination of NYSE 
Arca rule that required market makers to establish and maintain 
specifically prescribed information barriers, including discussion 
of NYSE Arca and Nasdaq rules) (``Arca Approval Order''); and 72534 
(July 3, 2014), 79 FR 39440 (July 10, 2014), [sic] SR-NYSE-2014-12) 
(Order approving amendments to NYSE Rule 98 governing designated 
market makers to move to a principles-based approach to prohibit the 
misuse of material non-public information) (``NYSE Approval 
Order'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange notes that the design of the proposed Trading Floor 
alleviates certain concerns related to misuse of information on trading 
floors. Specifically, the Exchange is not proposing to have a 
specialist on the Trading Floor, and, therefore, there are no concerns 
raised related to a specialist and an affiliated Market Maker 
coordinating their market making or otherwise sharing information. 
Further, the Exchange is not proposing to change what is considered to 
be material, non-public information that an affiliate of a Floor 
Participant could share with the Floor Participant. In that regard, 
Rule 3090 does not permit affiliates to have access to any non-public 
order or quote information of the Floor Participant, including hidden 
or undisplayed size or price information on such orders or quotes. 
Affiliates of Floor Participants would only have access to order and 
quotes that are publicly available to all market participants and the 
Exchange believes the current surveillance procedures are sufficient to 
monitor and protecting against the misuse of material non-public 
information with regard to any communications on and off the Trading 
Floor.
    The Exchange notes that all current Options Participants already 
have in place written policies and procedures to comply with Rule 3090 
and such policies and procedures have been approved by BOX 
Regulation.\218\ As such, Floor Participants would be obligated to 
ensure that their policies and procedures reflect the current state of 
their business and continue to be reasonably designed to achieve 
compliance with applicable federal securities laws and regulations, 
including Section 15(g) of the Act,\219\ and with applicable Exchange 
rules, including being reasonably designed to protect against the 
misuse of material, non-public information. While information barriers 
are not required, Rule 3090(a) requires that a Participant consider its 
business model or business activities in structuring its policies and 
procedures, which may dictate that an information barrier or a 
functional separation be part of the appropriate set of policies and 
procedures that would be reasonably designed to achieve compliance with 
applicable securities law and regulations and with applicable Exchange 
rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \218\ FINRA currently approves Rule 3090 procedures on behalf of 
BOX Regulation pursuant to a Regulatory Services Agreement.
    \219\ 15 U.S.C. 780(g).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that the reliance on Rule 3090 ensures that 
all BOX Participants are required to protect against the misuse of any 
material non-public information. Rule 3090(b)(2) requires that a firm 
refrain from trading while in possession of material non-public 
information concerning imminent transactions in the security or a 
related product. The Exchange believes that this principles based 
approach provides all BOX Participants the flexibility when managing 
risk across the firm, including integrating options positions with 
other positions of the firm, or as applicable, by respective trading 
unit.
    Finally, FINRA has an exam program that reviews Participants for 
compliance with such procedures. As such, Floor Participants will be 
subject to FINRA's review when implementing such policies and 
procedures for the Trading Floor. In addition, once implemented, FINRA 
would continue to monitor a Floor Participant's compliance with those 
policies and procedures consistent with the current exam-based 
regulatory program associated with BOX Rule 3090.
    Lastly, the Exchange notes that it will submit a separate filing to 
the SEC which will cover minor rule violations on the Trading Floor. 
Specifically, the Exchange will file with the SEC to amend the 
Exchange's Minor Rule Violation Plan in Rule 12140. The Exchange will 
not commence operation of the Trading Floor until the Minor Rule 
Violation Plan has been amended to include violations which occur on 
the Trading Floor.
Trading Floor Data
    The Exchange will provide the Commission with data related to 
activity on the Trading Floor. Specifically, the Exchange will provide 
information regarding size, participation, price improvement by spread 
and trade type, effective spread, Floor Market Maker participation, and 
BOX Book participation. This information will be provided on a 
confidential basis with non-firm specific information being available 
quarterly on the Exchange's Web site.
2. Statutory Basis
    Insert text from Item 3b. [sic] The Exchange believes that its 
proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act \220\ in general, 
and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act \221\ in 
particular, in that it is designed to prevent fraudulent and 
manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable 
principles of trade, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism 
of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general 
to protect investors and the public interest.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \220\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
    \221\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

General
    BOX believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act and 
furthers the foregoing objectives by increasing the opportunities for 
Participants to execute orders and provide an additional venue for 
seeking liquidity. The Exchange believes the adoption of the proposed 
rules allowing for an open-outcry floor is consistent with the goals of 
the Act to remove the impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a 
free and open market because it will benefit Participants by providing 
an additional mechanism for Participants to provide and seek liquidity 
for large and complex orders. The Exchange believes that the nature of 
open outcry transactions lends itself better to larger-sized 
transactions than the liquidity that is generally available 
electronically and the proposed rules would encourage greater 
participation in such large trades. Therefore, the proposed rule 
changes will benefit the market as a whole by providing an additional 
venue for market participants to seek liquidity for large-sized and 
complex orders. Providing an additional venue for these orders will 
benefit investors, the national market system, Participants, and the 
Exchange's market by increasing competition for order flow and 
executions, and thereby spur product enhancements and lower prices. The 
Exchange believes that the proposal is designed to prevent fraudulent 
and manipulative acts and practices because all surveillance coverage 
currently performed by the Exchange will cover trading from the Trading 
Floor. Additionally, the Exchange will have surveillance coverage in 
place to monitor issues unique to the Trading Floor.
    The Exchange believes the proposed changes to Rule 100(a) to 
include definitions of Floor Participant and Trading Floor are 
consistent with the goals of the Act. Specifically, the proposed 
changes are designed to protect investors and the public interest by 
providing background and clarity in the Rulebook. Additionally, 
proposed Rule 100(b) will provide additional clarity in the Rulebook. 
Specifically, the definition for Presiding Exchange Officials provides 
Floor Participants with notice of who is responsible for monitoring and 
regulating the Trading Floor. The other sections of proposed

[[Page 23680]]

Rule 100(b) provide general background for Floor Participants in the 
beginning of the Rulebook that will aid in understanding the applicable 
rules throughout, which will protect investors and the public by making 
the Exchange's Rulebook simpler to understand. Additionally, the 
Exchange notes that the various sections of proposed Rule 100(b) are 
based on the rules of another exchange with an open-outcry floor.\222\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \222\ See PHLX Rules 1000(e), 1000(f), 1000(g),1080.06, and CBOE 
Rule 6.74(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that the proposed Rule detailing the 
requirements for public outcry \223\ is reasonable and consistent with 
the Act. Specifically, the Exchange believes this proposal is designed 
to protect investors and public interest by making clear the 
requirements for open outcry. The Exchange believes that the default of 
a Floor Market Maker being ``out'' promotes just and equitable 
principles of trade by ensuring a Floor Market Maker is only allocated 
if he desires. Additionally, the Exchange believes that requiring a 
Floor Broker to give Floor Participants a reasonable amount of time to 
respond to an order will protect investors and the public interest by 
ensuring that there is an opportunity for robust interaction on the 
Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \223\ See proposed Rule 100(b)(5).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Participant Eligibility and Registration
    The Exchange believes that the proposed registration requirements, 
including floor trading examinations, if required, for Floor 
Brokers,\224\ Floor Market Makers and registered representatives on the 
Trading Floor, are reasonable and further the objectives of the 
Act.\225\ Specifically, these examinations address industry and 
Exchange specific topics that establish the foundation for the 
regulatory and procedural knowledge necessary for individuals required 
to register as Floor Brokers or Floor Market Makers and for such 
individuals to appropriately register under the Exchange's Rules. 
Requiring these examinations will help promote consistency in 
examination requirements and uniformity across the markets. 
Additionally, the registration requirements for Floor Participants are 
reasonable because they will help the Exchange to determine if a 
registrant is qualified to be a Floor Broker or Floor Market Maker and 
therefore will protect investors and the public interest.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \224\ Floor Brokers are required to complete a floor trading 
examination. See proposed Rules 2020(h) and 7550.
    \225\ See proposed Rules 2020(h) and (i).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Similarly, the Exchange believes that prescribing appropriate 
registration requirements including floor trading examinations for all 
other Trading Floor personnel, including clerks, interns, stock 
execution clerks and other associated persons, are reasonable as well. 
Specifically, these examinations address industry and Exchange specific 
topics that establish the foundation for the regulatory and procedural 
knowledge necessary to appropriately register under the Exchange rules. 
The proposed registration requirements for associated persons are 
reasonable because they will help the Exchange to determine if a 
registrant is qualified to be on the Trading Floor and therefore will 
protect investors and the public interest. Additionally, the proposed 
Rules covering eligibility and registration are based on the rules of 
another exchange that has an open-outcry floor.\226\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \226\ See PHLX Rule 620(a) and (b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Trading on the Exchange Floor
    The Exchange believes that the proposed rules governing activity on 
the Trading Floor, including Trading Floor hours, opening the market, 
admittance, joint accounts, and dealings on the Trading Floor,\227\ are 
reasonable restrictions that are designed to further the objectives of 
the Act. Specifically, the proposed rules are designed to maintain 
order and structure on the Trading Floor and apply to all Floor 
Participants. Additionally, these rules are based on those of competing 
options exchanges that also have open-outcry floors.\228\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \227\ See proposed Rules 7070(d), 7500, 7510, 7520, and 7650.
    \228\ See PHLX Rules 1017(c), 102, 104, 443, and 772.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes the proposal to require each Options 
Participant that physically conducts business on the Trading Floor to 
procure and maintain liability insurance \229\ should assist in 
preventing unnecessary waste of Exchange resources, which can be easily 
diverted to defending litigation claims and responding to non-Exchange 
related litigation matters on behalf of its Participants. The proposal 
is meant to prevent the Exchange from diverting valued resources away 
from its main regulatory responsibilities and being consumed in 
litigation designed to siphon Exchange monies and staff. The Exchange 
notes the proposal to require liability insurance is based on the rules 
of another exchange.\230\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \229\ See proposed Rule 7230(f).
    \230\ See PHLX Rule 652(c)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange is proposing various rules related to Clerks on the 
Trading Floor \231\ that the Exchange believes are reasonable and 
further the objectives of the Act. Specifically, the proposal relates 
to restrictions and conduct of Clerks on the Trading Floor that are 
designed to maintain order on the Trading Floor. Additionally, the 
proposal will make clear the rights and responsibilities of Clerks on 
the Trading Floor. The Exchange notes the proposed Rule related to 
Clerks on the Trading Floor is based on the rule of another 
exchange.\232\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \231\ See proposed Rule 7630.
    \232\ See PHLX Rule 1090.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes the proposed Rule relating to disputes on the 
Trading Floor will provide clarity and direction for the resolution of 
such disputes.\233\ The proposed Rule will contribute to the 
maintenance of a fair and orderly market by clearly laying out the 
dispute resolution process. Additionally, by first allowing the 
interested Floor Participants an opportunity to settle the 
disagreement, the Exchange is providing a reasonable opportunity for 
the interested parties to reach an equitable agreement. The Exchange 
believes that allowing an Options Exchange Official to settle disputes 
is reasonable and is designed to promote just and equitable principles 
of trade by having an independent third party settle the dispute. The 
Exchange believes that the dispute resolution process is further 
strengthened by allowing Floor Participants the ability to appeal an 
Options Exchange Official's ruling. In addition, the Exchange believes 
that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act \234\ in 
general, and furthers the objective of Section 6(b)(4) of the Act \235\ 
in particular, in that it is an equitable allocation of reasonable fees 
and other charges among Exchange members. The Exchange believes that 
this proposal is equitable in that the appeal fee would apply to all 
Participants equally. The Exchange believes the appeal fee amount is 
reasonable as a similar fee exists on other option exchange with an 
open outcry trading floor.\236\ The addition of the appeal fee will 
help the Exchange offset costs associated with reviewing contested 
rulings by an Options Exchange Official.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \233\ See proposed Rule 7640.
    \234\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
    \235\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).
    \236\ See PHLX Rule 124(d)(iii).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes it is reasonable to exclude Floor Market 
Makers and Floor Brokers who do not conduct business with the public 
from Rule 4180.\237\ Rule 4180 deals with requirements for Participants 
that are approved to transact business with the public; therefore the 
proposed Rule is

[[Page 23681]]

simply clarifying that Rule 4180 will not apply to Floor Market Makers 
and Floor Brokers who do not conduct business with the Public. The 
Exchange notes the proposed Rule is based on the rule of another 
exchange.\238\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \237\ See proposed Rule 4180(g).
    \238\ See PHLX Rule 705(f)(1)(B).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposal outlining bids and offers made on the Trading Floor 
and the solicitation of quotations on the Trading Floor \239\ provides 
clarifying information to Floor Participants on how bidding and 
offering on the Trading Floor will work; therefore, the proposal is 
designed to protect investors and the public interest by making the 
proposed operation of the Trading Floor clear in the Exchange's rules. 
The proposal is based on the rules of another exchange.\240\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \239\ See proposed Rule 7040(d).
    \240\ See PHLX Rule 1033(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Floor Brokers
    The Exchange believes that the proposed rules applicable to Floor 
Brokers,\241\ including responsibilities and restrictions, are designed 
to promote just and equitable principles of trade, remove impediments 
to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national 
market system, and, in general to protect investors and the public 
interest. Specifically, the proposed rules will provide guidance and 
restrictions for Floor Brokers operating on the Trading Floor. The 
proposed registration requirements for Floor Brokers will protect 
investors and the public interest by ensuring that all Floor Brokers 
are registered with the Exchange and that the Exchange approved each 
Floor Broker before they were admitted to the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \241\ See proposed Rules 7540, 7550, 7570, 7580, and 7590.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed responsibilities for Floor Brokers \242\ are designed 
to further the goals of the Act. Specifically, the requirement that a 
Floor Broker use due diligence in handling an order and the requirement 
to ascertain that at least one Floor Market Maker is present when the 
order is announced on the Trading Floor, are designed to promote just 
and equitable principles of trade, and, in general to protect investors 
and the public interest by providing the opportunity for additional 
interaction and price improvement from any Floor Market Maker. The 
Exchange believes the various restrictions on Floor Brokers are 
reasonable and are in line with those on another exchange with an open-
outcry floor.\243\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \242\ See proposed Rule 7580.
    \243\ See PHLX Rules 155, 1063, and 1065.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Executions and Priority
    The proposed rule change is consistent with Section 11(a) of the 
Act and the rules thereunder. The Commission has stated that it 
believes all electronic executions executed against interest on the BOX 
Book are consistent with the requirements of Section 11(a) of the Act.
    Under the proposed rule change, Participants will be prohibited 
from utilizing the Trading Floor to effect any transaction for covered 
accounts. Participants are subject to review with respect to such 
compliance.
    Under the proposed rules, no covered account transactions utilizing 
the Trading Floor may use the G Exemption. Participants may only rely 
upon other exceptions to Section 11(a)(1) of the Act when interacting 
with the Trading Floor or the BOX Book utilizing the Trading 
Floor.\244\ The proposed rule changes would not limit in any way the 
obligation of a BOX Participant, while acting as a Floor Broker or 
otherwise, to comply with Section 11(a) or the rules thereunder.\245\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \244\ For example, other Sec.  11(a)(1) exemptions include, the 
``effect vs. execute'' exemption, the market maker exemption, and 
the error account exemption.
    \245\ A Floor Broker may utilize the Trading Floor to effect a 
transaction for a covered account only pursuant to proposed Rule 
7540 and for purposes of liquidating error positions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Notwithstanding proposed IM-7600-5, under Rule 11a2-2(T), the so-
called ``effect vs. execute'' rule, a Participant may effect 
transactions on the Trading Floor for its covered accounts by using 
another Participant, acting as a Floor Broker, provided that (i) the 
executing Floor Broker is not an associated person of the initiating 
Participant, (ii) the covered account order must be transmitted from 
off the Trading Floor, (iii) neither the initiating Participant nor any 
associated person of the initiating Participant participates in 
execution of the order after the covered account order has been 
transmitted for execution from off the Trading Floor (referred to below 
as the ``non-participation requirement''); and (iv) if the transaction 
is being effected for an account over which the initiating Participant 
or an associated person of that Participant exercises investment 
discretion, neither the initiating Participant nor any associated 
person may retain any compensation in connection with effecting the 
transaction unless express written consent to such retention has been 
obtained from the person or persons authorized to transact business for 
the managed account in the manner provided in the rule. Thus, a 
Participant (not acting in a market-making capacity) could submit an 
order for a covered account from off the Trading Floor to an 
unaffiliated Floor Broker for representation on the Trading Floor and 
use the effect versus execute exemption (assuming the other conditions 
of the rule are satisfied).\246\ A Participant, relying on the ``effect 
versus execute'' exemption, could not submit an order for a covered 
account to its ``house'' Floor Broker on the Trading Floor for 
execution. At no time following the submission of an order utilizing 
the Trading Floor will the submitting Participant or any associated 
person of such Participant acquire control or influence over the result 
or timing of the order's execution.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \246\ Orders for covered accounts that rely on the ``effect 
versus execute'' exemption will be transmitted from a remote 
location directly to the Trading Floor by electronic means.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that the proposed rules applicable to 
executions and priority \247\ are designed to promote just and 
equitable principles of trade, remove impediments to and perfect the 
mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, 
in general to protect investors and the public interest. As explained 
above, executions from the Trading Floor will be consistent with 
options trade-through and priority rules and the Exchange's systems are 
designed to help ensure that an execution from the Trading Floor cannot 
occur in violation of those rules. Specifically, when a QOO Order is 
submitted to the Trading Host for execution, the Exchange's system will 
evaluate the current market conditions to ensure that the execution 
price is equal to or better than the NBBO. It is the Exchange's 
understanding that traditionally on trading floors when a Floor Broker 
executed an order in the trading crowd verbally, that order was deemed 
executed; when the Floor Broker then entered the execution price 
electronically to complete the processing of the trade, including trade 
reporting to the tape, markets can change such that the execution price 
was outside the NBBO or violated the priority of orders now resting on 
the electronic book of the exchange. By having the QOO Order execute 
when it is received by the Trading Host, the Exchange is providing a 
system that will prevent executions that appear to be at prices that 
are worse than the NBBO due to the time they are reported. 
Specifically, the Exchange's system will automatically enforce BOX Book

[[Page 23682]]

priority \248\ and trade-through provisions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \247\ See proposed Rules 7600 and 7610.
    \248\ Floor Brokers are responsible for complying with priority 
among Floor Participants on the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange further believes that protecting non-Public Customer 
interest on the BOX Book that is ranked ahead of Public Customer 
interest is consistent with just and equitable principles of trade 
because it maintains the Exchange's existing price/time priority rules 
by protecting interest that has time priority over Public Customer 
interest that has priority. The Exchange also notes that this proposed 
priority interaction with the BOX Book is the same as NYSE Arca.\249\ 
Additionally, the Exchange's proposed interaction with orders on the 
BOX Book actually provides additional opportunities for orders on the 
BOX Book to interact with trades on the Trading Floor as compared to 
other exchanges with open-outcry floors. Specifically, other exchanges 
with open-outcry floors only require floor trades to yield priority to 
Public Customer Orders on the electronic book.\250\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \249\ See NYSE Arca Rules 6.47 and 6.75.
    \250\ See PHLX Rule 1014.05(c), CBOE Rule 6.45(a), and NYSE MKT 
Rule 963NY(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that the proposal to provide a Floor Broker 
with a guarantee for certain orders initiating from the Trading Floor 
\251\ is reasonable and is consistent with the Act. Specifically, the 
proposal will reward Floor Brokers who bring large orders to the 
Exchange by guaranteeing them the ability to cross a certain 
percentage. The Exchange notes that another options exchange provides a 
guarantee on their trading floor.\252\ Additionally, the Exchange 
currently provides a guarantee with respect to auction transactions 
executed on the Exchange.\253\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \251\ See proposed Rule 7600(f).
    \252\ See PHLX Rule 1064.02.
    \253\ See Rule 7150 Price Improvement Period.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that the proposed priority provisions for 
Complex QOO Orders are reasonable because they align the Exchange's 
Rules with the rules of other exchanges with open-outcry floors.\254\ 
Specifically, the Exchange will allow Complex QOO Orders from the 
Trading Floor to execute without giving priority to equivalent bids 
(offers) in the individual series legs on the initiating side, provided 
at least one options leg betters the corresponding bid or offer on the 
BOX Book by at least one minimum trading increment as set forth in Rule 
7240(b)(1).\255\ BOX believes this is consistent with the Act because 
it is providing at least one leg with an improved price compared to 
bids or offers on the BOX Book. Additionally, the Exchange notes that 
these Complex Orders executed on trading floors can be large and 
complex and the proposed treatment of Complex Orders on the Trading 
Floor will increase the ability for Floor Brokers to execute these 
complex trades to the benefit of market participants. The Exchange 
believes that allowing Floor Brokers to disable the NBBO aspect of the 
Complex Order Filter when executing a Complex QOO Order is reasonable 
because other exchanges do not have NBBO protection for complex 
orders.\256\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \254\ See NYSE Arca Rule 6.75(g).
    \255\ See proposed Rule 7600(c).
    \256\ See ISE Rule 722(b)(3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that the Trading Host, including the BOG as a 
component of the Trading Host,\257\ will further the objectives and 
goals of the Act. Specifically, the ability of the Trading Host to 
provide an electronic audit trail will help prevent fraudulent and 
manipulative acts and practices, promote just and equitable principles 
of trade, and remove impediments to and perfect the mechanisms of a 
free and open market and a national market system. All transactions on 
the Trading Floor must be submitted through the BOG for processing by 
the Trading Host, which will allow the Exchange to provide a complete 
and accurate audit trail and minimize the occurrences of disputes and 
regulatory violations. The Trading Host is designed to prohibit trade-
through violations by preventing an execution at a price worse than the 
NBBO.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \257\ See proposed Rule 100(b)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes requiring that all transactions on the 
Trading Floor must be executed by the Trading Host will increase the 
speed and efficiency in which Floor Brokers handle orders, thereby 
making the Exchange's market more efficient, to the benefit of the 
investing public and consistent with promoting just and equitable 
principles of trade.
    The Exchange believes that the proposal to adopt a new order type 
\258\ for all executions originating on the Trading Floor is consistent 
with the Act. Specifically, as mentioned above, the new order type will 
help Floor Brokers initiating orders on the Trading Floor. The various 
elements of the QOO Order are designed to aid Floor Brokers in their 
duties on the Trading Floor. For example, by having the QOO Order 
execute when it is processed by the Trading Host, the Exchange is 
providing an accurate timestamp of when the order was executed. 
Additionally, the QOO Order is designed to ensure that all orders 
submitted by Floor Brokers are systematized before they are announced 
to the trading crowd.\259\ The Exchange believes that the features of 
the QOO Order are designed to promote just and equitable principles of 
trade, to remove impediments to and protect the mechanism of a free and 
open market and a national market system, and, in general to protect 
investors and the public interest.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \258\ See proposed Rule 7600.
    \259\ In order to execute a QOO Order from the Trading Floor, it 
must be sent from a Floor Broker's system to the BOG. This requires 
that the Floor Broker adequately systemized the QOO Order. The 
Exchange also notes that Floor Brokers will be subject to regulatory 
oversight by the Exchange to review whether Floor Brokers are 
properly systematizing orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that the proposed rules governing order 
allocation \260\ are reasonable and consistent with the Act. 
Specifically, the proposed rules relating to the allocation of orders 
align the Exchange's Rules with the rules of another options exchange 
with an open outcry trading floor.\261\ The Exchange believes the 
proposed rule change is designed to protect investors and the public 
interest by providing clarity and detail with regard to the allocation 
process on the Trading Floor. Additionally, the Exchange believes the 
proposed procedures a Floor Broker must follow when allocating an order 
are designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade by 
ensuring that priority on the Exchange is enforced.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \260\ See proposed Rule 7600(d).
    \261\ See NYSE Arca Rules 6.47 and 6.75.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that the book sweep size in proposed Rule 
7600(h) is consistent with Section 6(b)(5) of the Act.\262\ In 
particular, the book sweep size promotes just and equitable principles 
of trade, removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free 
and open market and a national market system and, in general protects 
investors and the public interest by increasing the interaction of the 
Trading Floor with the BOX Book, which will be beneficial to all market 
participants. Specifically, the Exchange believes that the book sweep 
functionality will enhance execution efficiency and regulatory 
oversight on the Trading Floor by making certain that a Floor Broker's 
order will first trade with all available Public Customer interest on 
the BOX Book and any non-Public Customer interest ranked ahead of such 
Public Customer interest at the execution price. The Exchange believes 
that without the book sweep size, the Exchange Act's goal of creating 
an

[[Page 23683]]

efficient market system will not be supported, as a Floor Broker may 
attempt to execute an order without first exhausting priority interest. 
Instead, the proposed book sweep size removes impediments to and 
perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market 
system by providing an alternative that will increase the opportunity 
for orders on the Trading Floor to interact with interest on the BOX 
Book, which in turn has the potential to increase liquidity for all 
orders on the BOX Book. The Exchange notes that this approach is not 
entirely novel; as mentioned above, PHLX's FBMS contains a 
functionality that will help a Floor Broker clear PHLX's electronic 
book so a floor based order can execute.\263\ Specifically, if a Floor 
Broker on PHLX enters a two-sided order through the FBMS, and there is 
interest on the PHLX electronic book at a price that would prevent the 
Floor Broker's order from executing, the FBMS will provide the Floor 
Broker with the quantity of contracts on the electronic book that have 
priority and need to be satisfied before the Floor Broker's order can 
execute at the agreed upon price.\264\ If the Floor Broker wishes to 
still execute his order, he can cause a portion of the floor based 
order to trade against this priority interest on the electronic book, 
thereby clearing the interest and permitting the remainder of the Floor 
Broker's order to trade at the desired price. The PHLX FBMS 
functionality is optional, and a Floor Broker can decide not to trade 
against the electronic book and therefore not execute his two-sided 
order at the particular price. The Exchange believes that the Trading 
Floor book sweep size improves upon PHLX's FBMS functionality by either 
immediately executing or rejecting the order depending on the book 
sweep size provided and the level of priority interest on the BOX Book. 
The Exchange believes the immediate execute or reject feature will 
allow for more execution certainty and incentivize Floor Brokers on BOX 
to provide an adequate book sweep size if they want the order to be 
eligible for execution. The Exchange does not believe that the 
immediate execution or rejection will disadvantage Floor Brokers on BOX 
compared to PHLX because it will provide certainty to Floor Brokers. 
The Exchange believes that the proposed book sweep size will protect 
investors and the public interest generally by establishing more 
execution oversight. Specifically, the Exchange believes that the book 
sweep size will allow BOX to electronically link in a single audit 
trail the Floor Broker execution and any execution with interest on the 
BOX Book.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \262\ 15 U.S.C. 78(f)(b)(5).
    \263\ See PHLX Rule 1063(e)(iv).
    \264\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 68960 (February 
20, 2013), 78 FR 13132 (February 26, 2013) (SR- Phlx-2013-09) at 
13134.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that the proposal outlining the resolution of 
uncompared trades \265\ will provide clarity and direction for Floor 
Participants when a disagreement arises from an uncompared Exchange 
options transaction that cannot be resolved by mutual agreement. The 
Exchange believes this proposal is designed to protect investors and 
public interest by making the proposed resolution of uncompared trades 
clear in the Exchange's rules. Further, the proposal is based on the 
rules of another exchange.\266\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \265\ See proposed Rule 8530.
    \266\ See PHLX Rule 1039.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Communications and Equipment
    The Exchange believes the proposed Rule involving communications 
and equipment on the Trading Floor \267\ includes reasonable 
restrictions that are consistent with the requirements of the Act. 
Specifically, the proposed Rule will provide the Exchange with the 
ability to monitor equipment on the Trading Floor and therefore provide 
adequate oversight of the Trading Floor. Additionally, the proposal 
will allow the Exchange to limit use of a communication device when 
such device interferes with normal operation of the Exchange's own 
systems or facilities or with the Exchange's regulatory duties, is 
inconsistent with the public interest, the protection of investors or 
just and equitable principles of trade, or interferes with the 
obligations of a Participant to fulfill its duties under, or is used to 
facilitate any violation of the Act or rules thereunder, or Exchange 
rules. Additionally, the Exchange notes that the proposal is consistent 
with rules of other exchanges.\268\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \267\ See proposed Rule 7660.
    \268\ See PHLX Rule 606 and CBOE Rule 6.23.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Market Makers
    The Exchange believes that the proposed Rules applicable to Floor 
Market Makers \269\ are reasonable and will foster cooperation and 
coordination with persons engaged in facilitating transactions in 
securities and will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of 
a free and open market and a national market system. The Exchange also 
believes the proposed changes enhance the Exchange's ability to fairly 
and efficiently regulate its Floor Market Makers by utilizing a 
consistent rule set of obligations and restrictions. The Exchange 
believes the proposed changes reflect similar Market Maker obligations 
and restrictions already in place on BOX's electronic exchange.\270\ 
The proposed changes simply align the existent obligations and 
restrictions of Market Makers with the use of a trading floor with 
certain exceptions. Specifically, instead of providing $5 bid/ask 
differentials as provided in Rule 8040(a)(7), the Exchange is proposing 
stricter bid/ask differentials. The Exchange believes that the proposed 
bid/ask differentials for Floor Market Makers are reasonable and will 
protect investors and the public interest by providing the opportunity 
for better execution prices on the Trading Floor when a Floor Market 
Maker is involved. Additionally, the Exchange believes that the 
proposed changes fall in line with similar trading floor rules at other 
exchanges.\271\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \269\ See proposed Rules 8500 and 8510.
    \270\ See BOX Rules 8000, 8030, 8040, and 8050.
    \271\ See PHLX Rules 1020 and 1014.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that the proposed continuous open outcry 
quoting requirement for Floor Market Makers in proposed Rule 8510(c)(2) 
is consistent with Section 6(b)(5) of the Act. In particular, the 
continuous quoting requirement is designed to promote just and 
equitable principles of trade, remove impediments to and perfect the 
mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, 
in general to protect the investors and the public interest. 
Specifically, the Exchange believes that the continuous open outcry 
quoting requirement for Market Makers will benefit investors, the 
national market system, Participants, and the Exchange by ensuring that 
Floor Market Makers provide liquidity to the Trading Floor to the 
benefit of market participants. Lastly, the Exchange believes that the 
proposed rule is non-discriminatory as it will apply to all Floor 
Market Makers.

B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition

    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule changes will 
impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in 
furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange notes that other 
exchanges currently offer open-outcry floors. The Exchange believes 
that the proposed rules will allow the Exchange to compete with these 
other exchanges. Additionally, while the proposed rule changes would 
permit BOX to operate a Trading Floor, the Exchange is not

[[Page 23684]]

requiring that Participants register and have a presence on the Trading 
Floor. Therefore, the proposed rule changes do not impose a burden on 
intra-market competition.
    Overall, the proposal is pro-competitive for several reasons. In 
particular, by helping Floor Brokers at the Exchange compete for 
executions against floor brokers at other exchanges, it also helps them 
to be more efficient and provide a better audit trail of their 
executions on the Trading Floor. This, in turn, helps the Exchange 
compete against other exchanges in a deeply competitive landscape. The 
Exchange believes its proposed unique features for open-outcry trading 
will provide value to Floor Participants, which in turn, will help the 
Exchange compete.\272\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \272\ Unique features include proposed Rules 7600(h) and 
100(b)(5).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed 
Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others

    The Exchange has neither solicited nor received comments on the 
proposed rule change.

III. Solicitation of Comments

    Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and 
arguments concerning Amendment No. 2, including whether the proposed 
rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by 
any of the following methods:

Electronic Comments

     Use the Commission's Internet comment form (http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml); or
     Send an email to [email protected]. Please include 
File Number SR-BOX-2016-48 on the subject line.

Paper Comments

     Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities 
and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.

All submissions should refer to File Number SR-BOX-2016-48. This file 
number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help 
the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, 
please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on 
the Commission's Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all 
written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are 
filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to 
the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other 
than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the 
provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and 
printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE., 
Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 
10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of such filing also will be available 
for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All 
comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does 
not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should 
submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All 
submissions should refer to File Number SR-BOX-2016-48 and should be 
submitted on or before June 13, 2017.

    For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, 
pursuant to delegated authority.\273\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \273\ 17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Eduardo A. Aleman,
Assistant Secretary.
[FR Doc. 2017-10588 Filed 5-22-17; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 8011-01-P



                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                                    23657

                                                NMS Plan. Therefore, this is not a                        change, the Commission summarily may                  available publicly. All submissions
                                                competitive fee filing and, therefore, it                 temporarily suspend such rule change if               should refer to File Number SR–FINRA–
                                                does not raise competition issues                         it appears to the Commission that such                2017–011, and should be submitted on
                                                between and among the exchanges and                       action is necessary or appropriate in the             or before June 13, 2017.
                                                FINRA.                                                    public interest, for the protection of                  For the Commission, by the Division of
                                                   Moreover, as previously described,                     investors, or otherwise in furtherance of             Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated
                                                FINRA believes that the proposed rule                     the purposes of the Act. If the                       authority.59
                                                change fairly and equitably allocates                     Commission takes such action, the                     Eduardo A. Aleman,
                                                costs among CAT Reporters. In                             Commission shall institute proceedings                Assistant Secretary.
                                                particular, the proposed fee schedule is                  to determine whether the proposed rule                [FR Doc. 2017–10466 Filed 5–22–17; 8:45 am]
                                                structured to impose comparable fees on                   should be approved or disapproved.
                                                                                                                                                                BILLING CODE 8011–01–P
                                                similarly situated CAT Reporters, and
                                                                                                          IV. Solicitation of Comments
                                                lessen the impact on smaller CAT
                                                Reporters. CAT Reporters with similar                       Interested persons are invited to
                                                                                                                                                                SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
                                                levels of CAT activity will pay similar                   submit written data, views, and
                                                                                                                                                                COMMISSION
                                                fees. For example, Industry Members                       arguments concerning the foregoing,
                                                (other than Execution Venue ATSs) with                    including whether the proposed rule                   [Release No. 34–80720; File No. SR–BOX–
                                                higher levels of message traffic will pay                 change is consistent with the Act.                    2016–48]
                                                higher fees, and those with lower levels                  Comments may be submitted by any of
                                                                                                          the following methods:                                Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX
                                                of message traffic will pay lower fees.                                                                         Options Exchange LLC; Notice of
                                                Similarly, Execution Venue ATSs and                       Electronic Comments                                   Filing of Amendment No. 2 to a
                                                other Execution Venues with larger
                                                market share will pay higher fees, and                      • Use the Commission’s Internet                     Proposed Rule Change To Adopt Rules
                                                                                                          comment form (http://www.sec.gov/                     for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor
                                                those with lower levels of market share
                                                will pay lower fees. Therefore, given                     rules/sro.shtml); or                                  May 18, 2017.
                                                                                                            • Send an email to rule-comments@
                                                that there is generally a relationship                                                                             On November 16, 2016, BOX Options
                                                                                                          sec.gov. Please include File Number SR–
                                                between message traffic and market                                                                              Exchange LLC (‘‘BOX’’ or the
                                                                                                          FINRA–2017–011 on the subject line.
                                                share to the CAT Reporter’s size, smaller                                                                       ‘‘Exchange’’) filed with the Securities
                                                CAT Reporters generally pay less than                     Paper Comments                                        and Exchange Commission
                                                larger CAT Reporters. Accordingly,                           • Send paper comments in triplicate                (‘‘Commission’’), pursuant to Section
                                                FINRA does not believe that the CAT                       to Secretary, Securities and Exchange                 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act
                                                Fees would have a disproportionate                        Commission, 100 F Street NE.,                         of 1934 (‘‘Act’’) 1 and Rule 19b–4
                                                effect on smaller or larger CAT                           Washington, DC 20549–1090.                            thereunder,2 a proposed rule change to
                                                Reporters. In addition, ATSs and                                                                                adopt rules for an open-outcry trading
                                                                                                          All submissions should refer to File
                                                exchanges will pay the same fees based                                                                          floor. The proposed rule change was
                                                                                                          Number SR–FINRA–2017–011. This file
                                                on market share. Therefore, FINRA does                                                                          published for comment in the Federal
                                                                                                          number should be included on the
                                                not believe that the fees will impose any                                                                       Register on December 05, 2016.3 The
                                                                                                          subject line if email is used. To help the
                                                burden on the competition between                                                                               Commission received three comment
                                                                                                          Commission process and review your
                                                ATSs and exchanges. Accordingly,                                                                                letters in response to the publication of
                                                                                                          comments more efficiently, please use
                                                FINRA believes that the proposed fees                                                                           the Notice.4 On January 10, 2017, the
                                                                                                          only one method. The Commission will
                                                will minimize the potential for adverse                                                                         Commission extended the time period
                                                                                                          post all comments on the Commission’s
                                                effects on competition between CAT                                                                              within which to approve the proposed
                                                                                                          Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov/                rule change, disapprove the proposed
                                                Reporters in the market.                                  rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the
                                                   Furthermore, the tiered, fixed fee                                                                           rule change, or institute proceedings to
                                                                                                          submission, all subsequent                            determine whether to approve or
                                                funding model limits the disincentives
                                                                                                          amendments, all written statements                    disapprove the proposed rule change to
                                                to providing liquidity to the market.
                                                                                                          with respect to the proposed rule                     March 05, 2017.5 On February 21, 2017,
                                                Therefore, the proposed fees are
                                                                                                          change that are filed with the                        the Commission received a response
                                                structured to limit burdens on
                                                                                                          Commission, and all written                           letter from the Exchange, as well as
                                                competitive quoting and other liquidity
                                                                                                          communications relating to the                        Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule
                                                provision in the market.
                                                                                                          proposed rule change between the                      change.6 On March 1, 2017, the
                                                C. Self-Regulatory Organization’s                         Commission and any person, other than
                                                Statement on Comments on the                              those that may be withheld from the                     59 17  CFR 200.30–3(a)(12).
                                                Proposed Rule Change Received From                        public in accordance with the                           1 15  U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                                                Members, Participants, or Others                          provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be                      2 17 CFR 240.19b–4.


                                                  Written comments were neither                           available for Web site viewing and                       3 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 79421

                                                                                                          printing in the Commission’s Public                   (November 29, 2016), 81 FR 87607 (‘‘Notice’’).
                                                solicited nor received.                                                                                            4 See letters to Brent J. Fields, Secretary,
                                                                                                          Reference Room, 100 F Street NE.,                     Commission, from Angelo Evangelou, Deputy
                                                III. Date of Effectiveness of the                         Washington, DC 20549, on official                     General Counsel, The Chicago Board Options
                                                Proposed Rule Change and Timing for                       business days between the hours of                    Exchange, Inc. (‘‘CBOE’’), dated January 10, 2017;
                                                Commission Action                                         10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of the                Steve Crutchfield, Head of Market Structure, CTC
                                                                                                                                                                Trading Group, LLC (‘‘CTC Trading’’), dated
                                                                                                          filing also will be available for
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                   The foregoing rule change has become                                                                         December 31, 2016; and Joan C. Conley, Senior Vice
                                                effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)                 inspection and copying at the principal               President and Corporate Secretary, The Nasdaq
                                                of the Act,57 and paragraph (f)(2) of Rule                office of the Exchange. All comments                  Stock Market LLC (‘‘Nasdaq’’), dated December 22,
                                                                                                          received will be posted without change;               2016.
                                                19b–4 thereunder.58 At any time within                                                                             5 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 79768
                                                60 days of the filing of the proposed rule                the Commission does not edit personal
                                                                                                                                                                (January 10, 2017), 82 FR 4956 (January 17, 2017).
                                                                                                          identifying information from                             6 See letter to Brent J. Fields, Secretary,
                                                  57 15   U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).                            submissions. You should submit only                   Commission, from Lisa J. Fall, President, Exchange,
                                                  58 17   CFR 240.19b–4(f)(2).                            information that you wish to make                                                               Continued




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014     21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00137   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM    23MYN1


                                                23658                          Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                Commission instituted proceedings to                    a single Crowd Area; 13 (ii) clarify that                  on the Trading Floor; 30 (xix) remove
                                                determine whether to approve or                         the BOX Order Gateway (‘‘BOG’’) is a                       proposed Rule 7620; 31 (xx) remove the
                                                disapprove the proposed rule change, as                 component of the Trading Host; 14 (iii)                    continuous electronic quoting
                                                modified by Amendment No. 1.7 In                        clarify the public outcry process; 15 (iv)                 obligation; 32 (xxi) clarify that orders for
                                                response to the OIP, the Commission                     remove proposed Rule 7010(d); 16 (v)                       covered accounts 33 relying on an
                                                received five additional comment                        provide clarity regarding Trading Floor                    exemption under Section 11(a)(1)(G) of
                                                letters.8 On May 17, 2017, the Exchange                 admittance; 17 (vi) provide more                           the Exchange Act (the ‘‘G Exemption’’)
                                                filed Amendment No. 2 to the proposed                   specificity on how trade-through and                       are not allowed when the Trading Floor
                                                rule change, which replaced and                         priority rules are enforced; 18 (vii)                      is utilized; 34 (xxii) clarify the
                                                superseded the original filing, as                      provide clarity on the handling of orders                  responsibilities of an Options Exchange
                                                modified by Amendment No. 1, in its                     by Floor Brokers; 19 (viii) clarify the                    Official; 35 (xxiii) clarify certain rules
                                                entirety.9 The Commission is publishing                 processing of orders by the Trading                        related to behavior on the Trading
                                                this notice to solicit comments from                    Host; 20 (ix) include the requirement of                   Floor; 36 (xxiv) provide certain data to
                                                interested persons on Amendment No.                     the presence of a Floor Market Maker                       the SEC with respect to activity on the
                                                2. Items I and II below have been                       when a Floor Broker announces an                           Trading Floor; and (xxv) make
                                                prepared by the Exchange. On May 18,                    order; 21 (x) include the requirement of                   grammatical changes to the rule text.
                                                2017, the Commission extended the                       a Floor Broker to pass an examination                         The Exchange is amending the rule
                                                time period within which to approve or                  as part of the registration process; 22 (xi)               text to clarify that the Trading Floor will
                                                disapprove the proposed rule change to                  provide clarity on the allocation                          have a single Crowd Area where all
                                                August 2, 2017.10                                       process; 23 (xii) provide additional detail                option classes will be located.37 The
                                                                                                        on orders from the Trading Floor; 24                       Exchange believes this change will
                                                I. Self-Regulatory Organization’s                                                                                  provide greater clarity on how the
                                                Statement of the Terms of Substance of                  (xiii) clarify the submission parameters
                                                                                                        and process of a QOO Order; 25 (xiv)                       Trading Floor will be organized by
                                                the Proposed Rule Change                                                                                           removing the Exchange’s discretion to
                                                                                                        clarify that orders are announced on the
                                                   The proposed rule change was filed                   Trading Floor; 26 (xv) clarify the                         have multiple Crowd Areas. The
                                                on November 16, 2016, which was                         guarantee provision; 27 (xvi) clarify that                 Exchange believes this change is
                                                published in the Federal Register.11 The                combination orders are Complex                             reasonable as it adds more clarity to the
                                                Exchange filed an Amendment 1 to this                   Orders; 28 (xvii) clarify priority in the                  rule text by making clear in the rules the
                                                rule change on February 21, 2017,                       trading crowd; 29 (xviii) clarify that                     number of Crowd Areas on the Trading
                                                which was published in the Federal                      single-sided orders may be represented                     Floor.
                                                Register notice along with the Order                                                                                  The Exchange is amending the rule
                                                Instituting Proceedings.12 The Exchange                    13 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules           text to clarify that the BOG is a
                                                is proposing an Amendment 2 to                          100(a)(67), 7660(i), and IM–8510–2(b). The                 component of the Trading Host.38 The
                                                provide more specificity to the rule                    Commission notes that Exhibits 3, 4, and 5, which          Exchange believes that this change will
                                                                                                        were submitted with Amendment No. 2, are                   provide greater clarity on the
                                                change. This Amendment 2 amends and                     available on the Commission’s Web site at https://
                                                replaces the Original Filing and                        www.sec.gov/rules/sro/box.htm.
                                                                                                                                                                   relationship between the BOG and
                                                Amendment 1 in their entirety.                             14 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule            Trading Host. Specifically, the Exchange
                                                                                                        100(b)(2), 7580(e)(2), 7600(c), IM–7580–2, and             believes clarifying that the BOG is a
                                                   This Amendment 2 makes the                           8510(i).                                                   component of the Trading Host will
                                                following changes to the Original Filing                   15 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule
                                                                                                                                                                   provide greater detail on how QOO
                                                as modified by Amendment 1, to: (i)                     100(b)(5).
                                                                                                                                                                   Orders submitted by Floor Brokers are
                                                                                                           16 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule
                                                Clarify that the Trading Floor will have                                                                           processed by the Trading Host. The
                                                                                                        7010(d).
                                                                                                           17 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule            Exchange believes this change is
                                                received February 21, 2017, and Amendment No. 1,        7520.                                                      reasonable as it adds more clarity to the
                                                dated February 21, 2017. Amendment No. 1 is
                                                available at: https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-box-
                                                                                                           18 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed
                                                                                                                                                                   rule text.
                                                                                                        Rule7600(a).                                                  The Exchange is amending rule text to
                                                2016-48/box201648.shtml.                                   19 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule
                                                   7 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80134
                                                                                                        7580(e).
                                                                                                                                                                   clarify the public outcry process on the
                                                (March 1, 2017), 82 FR 12864 (March 7, 2017)               20 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules           Trading Floor.39 The proposed change
                                                (‘‘OIP’’).
                                                   8 See letters to Brent J. Fields, Secretary,
                                                                                                        100(b)(2), 100(b)(3), 7240(b)(3)(iii), 7580(e), 7600(a),
                                                                                                        7600(c), and 8510(i).                                        30 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules
                                                Commission, from Angelo Evangelou, Deputy                  21 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule            7580(e)(1), 7580(e)(2), and IM–7600–4.
                                                General Counsel, CBOE, dated April 21, 2017; Steve
                                                                                                        7580(a).                                                     31 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules
                                                Crutchfield, Head of Market Structure, CTC                 22 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules           7620 and IM–7600–5.
                                                Trading, dated April 13, 2017; John Kinahan, CEO,
                                                Group One Trading, LP, dated April 11, 2017;            2020(h) and 7550.                                            32 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules

                                                Elizabeth King, General Counsel and Corporate
                                                                                                           23 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules           8500(a) and 8510(c)(1).
                                                Secretary, New York Stock Exchange, dated March         7600(a), 7600(d), and 7600(h).                               33 A ‘‘covered account’’ is the member’s account,

                                                28, 2017; and Joan C. Conley, Senior Vice President        24 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules           the account of an associated person, or an account
                                                and Corporate Secretary, Nasdaq, dated March 27,        7600 and 7580(e).                                          with respect to which it or an associated person
                                                2017.                                                      25 As described in greater detail below, the            thereof exercises investment discretion.
                                                                                                                                                                     34 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules
                                                   9 See Amendment No. 2, dated May 17, 2017.           Exchange is proposing to adopt a Qualified Open
                                                Amendment 2 is available on the Exchange’s Web          Outcry (‘‘QOO’’) Order type. All orders executed           7620(d), IM–7600–5, and 8510(h).
                                                site at http://                                         from the Trading Floor must be QOO Orders. See               35 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule

                                                lynxstorageaccount.blob.core.windows.net/boxvr/         changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule 7600(c).             100(b)(6).
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                SE_resources/SR-BOX-2016-48_Amendment_2.pdf.               26 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules             36 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule
                                                   10 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80719     7580(e)(1), 7580(e)(2), 7600(a), 7600(b), IM–7600–1,       8510(h)(4).
                                                (May 18, 2017).                                         7640(b), 8510(i), and IM–8510–2(b).                          37 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules
                                                   11 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 79421        27 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule            100(a)(67), 7660(i), and IM–8510–2(b).
                                                (November 29, 2016), 81 FR 87607 (December 5,           7600(f).                                                     38 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules

                                                2016) (‘‘Original Filing’’).                               28 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules           100(b)(2), 7580(e)(2), 7600(c), IM–7580–2, and
                                                   12 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80134     7580(c), IM–7590–1, 7600(f)(2), and IM–7600–1(d).          8510(i).
                                                (March 1, 2017), 82 FR 12864 (March 7, 2017) (SR–          29 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules             39 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule

                                                BOX–2016–48).                                           7610(d)(1) and IM–7600–1(c).                               100(b)(5).



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00138   Fmt 4703    Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM       23MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                                          23659

                                                will provide how long a Floor                           that Floor Brokers must comply with                        the Trading Floor.50 The proposed
                                                Participant has to respond to a Floor                   certain requirements when representing                     change provides details of how a Floor
                                                Broker when an order is announced and                   an order on the Trading Floor. The                         Broker may execute orders from the
                                                additional details on the public outcry                 Exchange notes that the proposed                           Trading Floor. The proposed change
                                                process. Specifically, a Floor Broker                   change does not impose any new                             also provides additional details on a
                                                must a give a Floor Participant a                       requirements, but simply seeks to clarify                  Floor Broker’s responsibility to
                                                reasonable amount of time to respond.                   the rules surrounding Floor Broker                         announce an order to the trading crowd.
                                                The Exchange believes this change is                    order handling requirements. As such,                      Additionally, as part of this proposed
                                                reasonable as it adds clarity and                       the Exchange believes that these                           change, the Exchange is moving
                                                removes any potential confusion from                    changes are reasonable as they provide                     proposed Rule 7580(e)(3) and
                                                the rule text.                                          clarity to the rules.                                      combining it with proposed Rule
                                                   The Exchange is amending the rule                      The Exchange is amending the rule                        7600(a) in order to make the rule text
                                                text to remove proposed Rule 7010(d).40                 text describing the processing of an                       clearer. The Exchange believes the
                                                The Exchange is removing the proposed                   order by the Trading Host.45 As part of                    proposed change is reasonable as it
                                                Rule because it is not necessary.                       this clarifying change, the Exchange is                    provides additional detail and clarity to
                                                Specifically, the proposed Rule provides                amending the rule text on how orders                       the rule text.
                                                that the Board may impose a charge                      are submitted from the Trading Floor.                         The Exchange is amending the rule
                                                upon Options Participants measured by                   The Exchange is making this change                         text to provide clarity on the allocation
                                                their respective net commissions on                     because a QOO Order is not executed                        process.51 The allocation process has
                                                transactions effected on the Trading                    until the Trading Host processes the                       not changed from the Original Filing;
                                                Floor of the Exchange. The Exchange                     QOO Order as opposed to when it is                         the proposed change is clarifying the
                                                does not believe the provision is                       announced on the Trading Floor.                            timing and procedure that a Floor
                                                necessary because the Exchange does                     Additionally, the Exchange is amending                     Broker must use on the Trading Floor.
                                                not intend to charge fees based on net                  the rule text to make clear that all                       Specifically, the executing Floor Broker
                                                commissions.41 The Exchange believes                    options transactions on BOX are                            is responsible for providing the correct
                                                this change is reasonable as it removes                 executed automatically by the Trading                      allocation of the initiating side of the
                                                a proposed Rule that is not necessary for                                                                          QOO Order to an Options Exchange
                                                                                                        Host. The Exchange believes these
                                                the Trading Floor.                                                                                                 Official or his or her designee who will
                                                                                                        changes are reasonable as they eliminate
                                                   The Exchange is amending the rule                                                                               properly record the order in the
                                                                                                        confusion and provide clarity to the
                                                text to provide clarity regarding Trading                                                                          Exchange’s system. Additionally, the
                                                                                                        rules.
                                                Floor admittance.42 The proposed                                                                                   proposed change reformatted the rule
                                                                                                          The Exchange is amending the rule                        text to make it clearer for Participants.
                                                change makes clear that the Exchange                    text to include the requirement of the
                                                must follow applicable disciplinary                                                                                As part of this change, the Exchange is
                                                                                                        presence of a Floor Market Maker when                      clearly laying out how the initiating side
                                                rules and procedures when the                           a Floor Broker announces an order.46
                                                Exchange withdraws existing approval                                                                               of the QOO Order is allocated. The
                                                                                                        This proposed change is designed to                        Exchange is also clarifying the rule text
                                                to access the Trading Floor. The                        better align the Exchange’s rules with
                                                Exchange believes this change is                                                                                   language with respect to the book sweep
                                                                                                        those of another options exchange.47                       size. The Exchange believes that these
                                                reasonable as it adds clarity to the rule               The Exchange believes this change is
                                                text by providing additional detail on                                                                             changes are reasonable because they add
                                                                                                        reasonable as it enhances consistency                      clarity and provides additional detail to
                                                the admittance process of the Exchange                  between the Exchange’s proposed rules
                                                and the existing disciplinary rules that                                                                           the rules.
                                                                                                        and existing rules at another exchange                        The Exchange is amending the rule
                                                are applicable.                                         with a trading floor.
                                                   The Exchange is amending the rule                                                                               text to clarify the submission parameters
                                                                                                          The Exchange is amending the rule                        and process of a QOO Order.52 This
                                                text to provide more specificity on how
                                                                                                        text to include the requirement of a                       proposed change is designed to provide
                                                trade-through and priority rules are
                                                                                                        Floor Broker to pass an examination as                     additional clarity on how the open-
                                                enforced.43 The proposed changes will
                                                                                                        part of the registration process.48 In the                 outcry process on the Trading Floor will
                                                make clear that the Trading Host will
                                                                                                        Original Filing, the Exchange was                          occur. Specifically, the Exchange is
                                                enforce trade-through and priority rules
                                                                                                        proposing to make Floor Broker                             adding rule text requiring a Floor Broker
                                                in the same manner for QOO Orders as
                                                                                                        examinations discretionary, which was                      to submit the QOO Order to the BOG
                                                the Trading Host does for all other
                                                                                                        a departure from another options                           without undue delay. Although the
                                                orders on BOX. As is the case with all
                                                                                                        exchange with a trading floor.                             Original Filing did not specifically state
                                                orders on BOX, the QOO Order is
                                                                                                        Therefore, the Exchange believes this                      this, it was generally understood that a
                                                validated when the QOO Order is
                                                                                                        change is reasonable as it enhances                        Floor Broker would submit the QOO
                                                received by the Trading Host.                                                                                      Order to the BOG after announcement
                                                                                                        consistency between the exchange’s
                                                   The Exchange is amending rule text to
                                                                                                        proposed rules and existing rules of                       and would not unreasonably delay the
                                                provide clarity on the handling of orders
                                                                                                        another exchange with a trading floor.49                   submission, provided that the executing
                                                by Floor Brokers.44 The Exchange is                                                                                Floor Broker allows adequate time for
                                                amending the rule text to make clear                      The Exchange is amending rule text to
                                                                                                        provide additional detail on orders from                   Floor Participants to participate in the
                                                  40 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule
                                                                                                                                                                   transaction as provided in proposed
                                                7010(d).                                                  45 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules            Rule 100(b)(5). The Exchange is also
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                  41 The Exchange notes that this proposed change       100(b)(2), 100(b)(3), 7240(b)(3)(iii), 7580(e), 7600(a),   providing additional detail on the
                                                does not prevent the Exchange from charging fees        7600(c), and 8510(i).                                      requirements for submitting a Complex
                                                on the Trading Floor.                                     46 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule
                                                  42 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule          7580(a).                                                     50 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules
                                                7520.                                                     47 See NASDAQ PHLX LLC (‘‘PHLX’’) Rule
                                                                                                                                                                   7600 and 7580(e).
                                                  43 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule          1063(a).                                                     51 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules

                                                7600(a).                                                  48 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules            7600(a), 7600(d), and 7600(h).
                                                  44 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule          2020(h) and 7550.                                            52 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule

                                                7580(e).                                                  49 See PHLX Rule 1061.                                   7600(c).



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00139   Fmt 4703    Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM      23MYN1


                                                23660                          Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                QOO Order. As part of this proposed                     Participants on the requirements of the                  accounts relying on an exemption under
                                                change, the Exchange is also making                     rules.                                                   Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Exchange Act
                                                certain clarifying changes to the rule                    The Exchange is amending the rule                      (the ‘‘G Exemption’’) are not allowed on
                                                text. As such, the Exchange believes the                text to clarify that single-sided orders                 the Trading Floor.61 The Exchange is
                                                change is reasonable since it provides                  may be represented on the Trading                        proposing this change to clarify that
                                                additional clarity to the rules by                      Floor.57 Single-sided orders have always                 Participants may not utilize the Trading
                                                codifying this requirement of Floor                     been allowed on the Trading Floor;                       Floor to effect certain transactions. The
                                                Brokers.                                                however, the Original Filing was silent                  Exchange is providing this information
                                                   The Exchange is amending the rule                    on whether they may be represented on                    to Floor Brokers to provide clarity on
                                                text to clarify that orders are announced               the Trading Floor. This proposed                         applicable restrictions.
                                                on the Trading Floor.53 This proposed                   change is simply codifying that single-                     The Exchange is amending rule text to
                                                rule change is designed to clarify when                 sided orders are allowed on the Trading                  clarify the responsibilities of an Options
                                                an execution occurs. In the Original                    Floor and, therefore, the Exchange                       Exchange Official.62 The Exchange is
                                                Filing, the Exchange used the terms                     believes the change is reasonable.                       proposing this change to make clear the
                                                ‘‘executed’’, ‘‘announced’’ and                           The Exchange is removing proposed                      authority of Options Exchange Officials
                                                ‘‘represented’’ on the Trading Floor                    Rule 7620.58 Proposed Rule 7620 is not                   on the Trading Floor. The Exchange
                                                interchangeably. In actuality, an order is              necessary since orders executed by                       believes the proposed change is
                                                announced on the Trading Floor but not                  Floor Brokers from the Trading Floor                     reasonable as it is clarifying the
                                                executed; the execution occurs when                     must be QOO Orders processed by the                      authority of the Options Exchange
                                                the QOO Order is processed by the                       Trading Host and proposed Rule 7600                      Officials and not proposing any change
                                                Trading Host. Additionally, a Floor                     provides adequate details on the process                 to their authority.
                                                Broker may represent an order on the                    of executing orders from the Trading                        The Exchange is amending rule text to
                                                Trading Floor, however, this only means                 Floor. Specifically, paragraph (a) of                    clarify certain rules related to behavior
                                                he is holding the order and does not                    proposed Rule 7620 is covered by                         on the Trading Floor.63 This change is
                                                necessarily mean he is announcing the                   proposed Rule 7600(d)(2) and paragraph                   designed to clarify the rule text where
                                                order for execution. The Exchange                       (b) is covered by proposed Rule                          the potential for confusion exists. The
                                                believes that these clarifications are                  7600(d)(3)(ii). Paragraph (c) was                        Exchange believes this change is
                                                reasonable since they are designed to                   inadvertently included. Paragraph (c)                    reasonable as it clarifies the rule text
                                                clarify and remove confusion from the                   provides that bids and offers of non-                    and removes the possibility of
                                                rule text.                                              Public Customers on the BOX Book                         confusion.
                                                   The Exchange is amending the rule                    ranked behind any Public Customer                           The Exchange is proposing to provide
                                                text related to guarantees.54 Specifically,             Orders at the same price have last                       data to the SEC with respect to activity
                                                the Exchange is amending the rule text                  priority. This provision is not applicable               on the Trading Floor. Specifically, the
                                                to remove language that may lead to                     to the Trading Floor because the                         Exchange will provide information
                                                confusion among Floor Participants.                     executing Floor Broker has last priority                 regarding size, participation, and price
                                                The Exchange believes this change is                    on the Trading Floor, not bids and offers                improvement by spread and trade type,
                                                reasonable as it provides clarity to the                of non-Public Customers on the BOX                       effective spread, Floor Market Maker
                                                rule text.                                              Book ranked behind any Public                            participation, and BOX Book
                                                   The Exchange is amending the rule                                                                             participation. This information will be
                                                                                                        Customer Orders at the same price.59
                                                text to clarify that combination orders,                                                                         provided on a confidential basis with
                                                                                                        Lastly, paragraph (d) is being moved to
                                                including spreads, straddles, and stock                                                                          non-firm specific information being
                                                                                                        proposed IM–7600–5. The Exchange
                                                options, are Complex Orders.55 The                                                                               available quarterly on the Exchange’s
                                                                                                        believes this proposed change is
                                                Exchange is making this change in order                                                                          Web site.
                                                                                                        reasonable as it removes unnecessary
                                                to clarify the usage of certain terms                                                                               Lastly, the Exchange is proposing to
                                                                                                        rule text.
                                                throughout the Exchange’s Rulebook.                                                                              make various grammatical changes to
                                                                                                          The Exchange is amending rule text to
                                                The Exchange believes that this minor                                                                            the rule text. The changes are simply
                                                                                                        remove the continuous electronic
                                                change is designed to provide clarity in                                                                         designed to correct errors in the rule
                                                                                                        quoting obligation for Floor Market
                                                the rules and is reasonable.                                                                                     text.
                                                                                                        Makers.60 The proposed change will                          The text of the proposed rule change
                                                   The Exchange is amending the rule                    better align the rule text with that of
                                                text to clarify priority in the trading                                                                          is available from the principal office of
                                                                                                        other exchanges with trading floors that                 the Exchange, at the Commission’s
                                                crowd.56 Specifically, the proposed                     do not have electronic quoting
                                                change clarifies that it is the                                                                                  Public Reference Room and also on the
                                                                                                        requirements for Floor Market Makers.                    Exchange’s Internet Web site at http://
                                                responsibility of the Floor Participant                 As such, the Exchange believes this
                                                who established the market to alert the                                                                          boxexchange.com.
                                                                                                        change is reasonable as it enhances
                                                Floor Broker of the fact that the Floor                 consistency between the Exchange’s                       II. Self-Regulatory Organization’s
                                                Participant has priority when a Floor                   proposed Rule and existing rules at                      Statement of the Purpose of, and
                                                Broker announces an order to the                        other exchanges with trading floors.                     Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule
                                                trading crowd. The Exchange believes                      The Exchange is amending the rule                      Change
                                                this change is reasonable because it will               text to clarify that orders for covered                     In its filing with the Commission, the
                                                provide clarity and guidance to Floor
                                                                                                                                                                 self-regulatory organization included
                                                                                                           57 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule IM–
                                                                                                                                                                 statements concerning the purpose of,
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                  53 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules         7600–4.
                                                7580(e)(2), 7600(a), 7600(b), IM–7600–1, 7640(b),          58 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules         and basis for, the proposed rule change
                                                8510(i), and IM–8510–2(b).                              7620 and IM–7600–5.
                                                  54 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule             59 At the same price, bids and offers of non-Public     61 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules

                                                7600(f).                                                Customers on the BOX Book ranked behind any              7620(d), IM–7600–5, and 8510(h).
                                                  55 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules         Public Customer Orders are not allocated to orders         62 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule

                                                7580(c), IM–7590–1, 7600(f)(2), and IM–7600–1(d).       from the Trading Floor.                                  100(b)(6).
                                                  56 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules            60 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rules           63 See changes in Exhibit 4 to proposed Rule

                                                7610(d)(1) and IM–7600–1(c).                            8500(a) and 8510(c)(1).                                  8510(h)(4).



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00140   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM     23MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                                         23661

                                                and discussed any comments it received                  employees of Floor Brokers and Floor                   greater detail below. Additionally, the
                                                on the proposed rule change. The text                   Market Makers, and shall make and                      Exchange is proposing to clarify that all
                                                of these statements may be examined at                  enforce such rules with respect to such                transactions executed on the Exchange
                                                the places specified in Item IV below.                  employees as may be deemed necessary;                  shall be executed automatically by the
                                                The self-regulatory organization has                    (4) all connections or means of                        Trading Host pursuant to Rule 7130 or
                                                prepared summaries, set forth in                        communications with the Trading Floor                  7600.72 The Exchange is also proposing
                                                Sections A, B, and C below, of the most                 and may require the discontinuance of                  to clarify that bids and offers on the
                                                significant aspects of such statements.                 any such connection or means of                        Trading Floor, to be effective, must be
                                                                                                        communication when, in the opinion of                  made by public outcry on the Trading
                                                A. Self-Regulatory Organization’s                       the President or his or her designee, it               Floor and that all bids and offers shall
                                                Statement of the Purpose of, and                        is contrary to the welfare or interest of              be general ones and shall not be
                                                Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule                  the Exchange; (5) the location of                      specified for acceptance by particular
                                                Change                                                  equipment and the assignment and use                   Floor Participants.73
                                                1. Purpose                                              of space on the Trading Floor; and (6)                    The Exchange is also proposing to
                                                                                                        relations with other options exchanges.                provide details on how the public
                                                   The Exchange is proposing to adopt
                                                                                                        The Exchange is also proposing that any                outcry process will work on the Trading
                                                rules to allow for open-outcry trading on
                                                                                                        Exchange employee or officer                           Floor. Specifically, the Exchange is
                                                a physical trading floor (‘‘Trading
                                                                                                        designated as an Options Exchange                      proposing that bids and offers must be
                                                Floor’’). The Exchange notes that this is
                                                                                                        Official will from time to time as                     made in an audible tone of voice and a
                                                not a novel proposal and that other
                                                                                                        provided in these rules have the ability               Floor Market Maker shall be considered
                                                exchanges currently offer open-outcry                   to recommend and enforce rules and
                                                trading in addition to electronic                                                                              ‘‘out’’ on a bid or offer if he does not
                                                                                                        regulations relating to trading access,                affirmatively respond to the Floor
                                                trading.64 The Exchange is proposing a                  order, decorum, health, safety and
                                                hybrid model similar to these other                                                                            Broker who is announcing the order,
                                                                                                        welfare on the Exchange.68                             provided that a Floor Broker must give
                                                exchanges.
                                                                                                        BOX Order Gateway                                      a Floor Participant a reasonable amount
                                                General                                                                                                        of time to respond.74 A ‘‘reasonable
                                                                                                           Next, the Exchange is proposing to
                                                   The Exchange is proposing various                    add a definition for the ‘‘BOX Order                      72 See proposed Rule 100(b)(3). Proposed Rule
                                                changes to the definition section of the                Gateway.’’ The BOX Order Gateway                       100(b)(3) is based on PHLX Rule 1000(f). The
                                                Rulebook to accommodate the proposed                    (‘‘BOG’’) is a component of the Trading                Exchange notes that PHLX includes additional
                                                Trading Floor. First, the Exchange is                   Host 69 which enables Floor Brokers                    methods for executions on PHLX’s Trading Floor
                                                proposing to define ‘‘Floor Participant’’               and/or their employees to enter                        that BOX is not including in proposed Rule
                                                as Floor Brokers as defined in Rule 7540                                                                       100(b)(3). The Exchange does not believe that these
                                                                                                        transactions on the Trading Floor.70                   methods are necessary as the Exchange believes that
                                                and Floor Market Makers as defined in                   Specifically, a Floor Broker will have a               all transactions from the Trading Floor shall be
                                                Rule 8510(b).65 The Exchange is                         connection to the BOG giving the Floor                 processed by the Trading Host to ensure an accurate
                                                proposing to define ‘‘Trading Floor’’ or                Broker the ability to submit orders to the             and complete audit trail.
                                                ‘‘Options Floor’’ as the physical trading               Trading Host. Once orders are submitted
                                                                                                                                                                  73 See proposed Rule 100(b)(4). Proposed Rule

                                                floor of the Exchange located in                                                                               100(b)(4) is based on PHLX Rule 1000(g). The
                                                                                                        through the BOG they are immediately                   Exchange notes that PHLX includes information
                                                Chicago.66 The Trading Floor shall                      processed by the Trading Host. The                     about bidding and offering electronically as well as
                                                consist of one ‘‘Crowd Area’’ or ‘‘Pit’’                Trading Host will establish an electronic              in public outcry; however, the Exchange is only
                                                where all option classes will be located.               audit trail for options orders represented             proposing to include information about public
                                                The Crowd Area or Pit shall be marked                                                                          outcry. BOX already has rules in place that govern
                                                                                                        and executed by Floor Brokers.71 The                   electronic bidding and offering and therefore there
                                                with specific visible boundaries on the                 audit trail will provide an accurate,                  is no need to mention it in proposed Rule 100(b)(4).
                                                Trading Floor, as determined by the                     time-sequenced record of all orders from                  74 See proposed Rule 100(b)(5). Proposed Rule

                                                Exchange. A Floor Broker must open                      the Trading Floor, beginning with the                  100(b)(5) is based on PHLX Rule 1000(g). The
                                                outcry an order in the Crowd Area.                                                                             Exchange notes that proposed Rule 100(b)(5) is
                                                                                                        receipt of an order by the Exchange, and               slightly different to PHLX Rule 1000(g).
                                                   The Exchange is proposing to add the                 further documenting the life of the                    Specifically, PHLX Rule 1000(g) considers a
                                                definition of ‘‘Presiding Exchange                      order. Additional information on the                   member to be ‘‘in’’ on a bid or offer while he
                                                Officials.’’ 67 Specifically, the President             requirements for Floor Broker’s audit                  remains at the post, unless he shall distinctly and
                                                of the Exchange and his or her                          trail requirements are described in                    audibly say ‘‘out.’’ The Exchange is requiring the
                                                                                                                                                               Floor Market Maker to make an affirmative
                                                designated staff shall be responsible for                                                                      assertion that he is ‘‘in’’. The Exchange believes that
                                                monitoring: (1) Dealings of Floor                          68 See proposed Rule 100(b)(6). Proposed Rule
                                                                                                                                                               this difference is reasonable and necessary.
                                                Participants and their associated                       100(b)(6) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 6.1(b)(34).       Requiring an affirmative response by a Floor Market
                                                                                                           69 The term ‘‘Trading Host’’ means the automated    Maker will allow for a more efficient process for
                                                persons on the Trading Floor, and of the
                                                                                                        trading system used by BOX for the trading of          executing orders on the Trading Floor. The
                                                premises of the Exchange immediately                    options contracts. See Rule 100(a)66.                  Exchange is concerned that requiring every Floor
                                                adjacent thereto; (2) the activities of                    70 See proposed Rule 100(b)(2). Proposed Rule       Market Maker to affirmatively be ‘‘out’’ on every
                                                Floor Participants and their associated                 100(b)(2) is based on PHLX Rule 1080.06. Proposed      order before it is executed will lead to unnecessary
                                                persons, and shall establish standards                  Rule 100(b)(2) is slightly different to PHLX Rule      delays on the Trading Floor and has the potential
                                                                                                        1080.06 to account for the fact that all orders from   to cause disruptions. The Exchange notes that
                                                and procedures for the training and                     the Trading Floor are not deemed executed until        CBOE Rule 6.74(a) does not consider members of
                                                qualification of Floor Participants and                 they are processed by the Trading Host.                the trading crowd in on the order; they must
                                                their associated persons active on the                  Specifically, with respect to providing a time-        respond to the Floor Broker. Additionally, the
                                                Trading Floor; (3) all Trading Floor                    sequenced record, the Exchange is not including the    Exchange is not including part of PHLX Rule
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                        distinction between electronic and other orders,       1000(g) that requires a member to audibly say ‘‘out’’
                                                                                                        and quotations on the trading floor. The Exchange      before the Floor Broker submits the order for
                                                   64 NYSE Arca, Inc. (‘‘NYSE Arca’’), PHLX,
                                                                                                        is not including these references because, as          execution and, if the order is not executed, the
                                                Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated            mentioned above, all orders from the Trading Floor     member must audibly say ‘‘out’’ before each time
                                                (‘‘CBOE’’), and NYSE MKT LLC (‘‘NYSE MKT’’).            are electronic and not deemed executed until they      the Floor Broker resubmits the order for execution.
                                                   65 See proposed Rule 100(a)(26).
                                                                                                        are processed by the Trading Host.                     The Exchange is not including this provision of
                                                   66 See proposed Rule 100(a)(67).                        71 To be clear, the execution of an order           PHLX’s Rule 1000(g) because, as previously stated,
                                                   67 See proposed Rule 100(b)(1). Proposed Rule        represented on the Trading Floor does not occur        a Floor Participant, including a Floor Market Maker,
                                                100(b)(1) is based on PHLX Rule 1000(e).                until the order is processed by the Trading Host.                                                   Continued




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00141   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM    23MYN1


                                                23662                          Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                amount of time’’ will be interpreted on                 Plan 78 and the Exchange’s Rules                      registering as either a Floor Broker or
                                                a case-by-case basis by an Options                      respecting Trade-Throughs.                            Floor Market Maker.
                                                Exchange Official based on current                      Notwithstanding the foregoing, a single                  The Exchange is proposing to adopt
                                                market conditions and trading activity                  Floor Participant may voice a bid or                  Rule 2020(h) Trading Floor Registration,
                                                on the Trading Floor. A Floor                           offer independently from, and                         which codifies that each Floor Broker,
                                                Participant who is bidding and offering                 differently from, the Participants of a               Floor Market Maker and registered
                                                in immediate and rapid succession shall                 trading crowd.                                        representative on the Exchange Trading
                                                be deemed ‘‘in’’ until he says ‘‘out’’ on                  The Exchange is proposing to adopt                 Floor must be registered as ‘‘Member
                                                either bid or offer. Once the trading                   Rule 7230(f) Limitation of Liability,                 Exchange’’ (‘‘ME’’) under ‘‘BOX’’ on
                                                crowd has provided a quote, it will                     which codifies that each Options                      Form U4. Each Floor Market Maker and
                                                remain in effect until: (i) A reasonable                Participant that physically conducts                  registered representative on the
                                                amount of time has passed, or (ii) there                business on the Exchange’s Trading                    Exchange Trading Floor must
                                                is a significant change in the price of the             Floor is required, at its sole cost, to               successfully complete the appropriate
                                                underlying security, or (iii) the market                procure and maintain liability insurance              floor trading examination(s), if
                                                given in response to the request has                    that provides defense and indemnity                   prescribed by the Exchange, in addition
                                                been improved. In the case of a dispute,                coverage for itself, any person                       to requirements imposed by other
                                                the term ‘‘significant change’’ will be                 associated with it, and the Exchange for              Exchange Rules.81 Each Floor Broker on
                                                interpreted on a case-by-case basis by an               any action or proceeding brought                      the Exchange Trading Floor is required
                                                Options Exchange Official based upon                    relating to the conduct of the Options                to successfully complete the appropriate
                                                the extent of recent trading in the option              Participant or associated person.79 The               floor trading examination, in addition to
                                                and, in the case of equity and index                    insurance shall provide defense and                   the requirements imposed by other
                                                options, in the underlying security, and                indemnity coverage to the Exchange for                Exchange Rules. The Exchange is also
                                                any other relevant factors. A Floor                     the Exchange’s sole, concurrent, or                   proposing to adopt procedures and a
                                                Participant must verbalize that he is                   contributory negligence, or other                     timeframe for submitting changes of
                                                ‘‘in’’ after a Floor Broker announces an                wrongdoing, relating to or in connection              registration status to the Exchange.
                                                order, even if a valid quote has been                   with such claim and the Exchange shall                Specifically, following the termination
                                                provided by the Floor Participant prior                 be expressly named by endorsement as                  of or the initiation of a change in the
                                                to the announcement of the order by a                   an Additional Insured under the                       trading status of any such Floor
                                                Floor Broker.75 The Exchange believes                   Insurance. The Exchange’s status and                  Participant who has been issued an
                                                that requiring the Floor Participant to                 rights to coverage under the insurance                Exchange access card and a Trading
                                                confirm that they are still ‘‘in’’ after                shall be the same rights of the named                 Floor badge, the appropriate Exchange
                                                providing a valid quote will ensure that                insured of the insurance, including,                  form must be completed, approved and
                                                a Floor Participant is only participating               without limitation, rights to the full                dated by a firm principal, officer, or
                                                in trades that he intends.                              policy limits; and the limits for the                 member of the firm with authority to do
                                                   The Exchange is proposing that all                   insurance shall be not less than                      so, and submitted to the appropriate
                                                bids or offers made on the Trading Floor                $1,000,000 without erosion by defense                 Exchange department as soon as
                                                for options contracts shall be deemed to                costs, but under no circumstance shall                possible, but no later than 9:30 a.m. ET
                                                be for one options contract unless a                    the Exchange be entitled to less than the             the next business day by the Options
                                                specific number of option contracts is                  full policy limits of such insurance. The             Participant employer. Additionally, the
                                                expressed in the bid or offer and that                  insurance shall state that it is primary              Exchange proposes to specify that every
                                                bid or offer for more than one option                   to any insurance maintained by the                    effort should be made to obtain the
                                                contract shall be deemed to be for the                  Exchange. Each Options Participant                    person’s access card and Trading Floor
                                                amount thereof or a smaller number of                   annually shall cause a certificate of                 badge and to submit these to the
                                                options contracts.76 The Exchange is                    insurance to be issued directly to the                appropriate Exchange department.
                                                also proposing the following process for                Exchange demonstrating that insurance                    The Exchange is also proposing to add
                                                the solicitation of quotations on the                   compliant with this proposed Rule has                 Rule 2020(i), which details Non-
                                                Trading Floor.77 Specifically, in                       been procured and is maintained. Each                 Participant and Clerk Registration.
                                                response to a Floor Broker’s solicitation               Options Participant also shall furnish a              Specifically, all Trading Floor
                                                of a single bid or offer, Floor                         copy of the insurance to the Exchange                 personnel, including clerks, interns,
                                                Participants may discuss, negotiate, and                for review upon the Exchange’s request                stock execution clerks and any other
                                                agree upon the price or prices at which                 at any time. This proposed section (f) is             associated persons, of a Floor
                                                an order of a size greater than the                     the only section of Rule 7230                         Participant not required to register
                                                Exchange’s disseminated size can be                     specifically limited to Options                       pursuant to proposed Rule 2020(h) must
                                                executed at that time, or the number of                 Participants physically located on the                be registered as ‘‘Floor Employee’’
                                                contracts that could be executed at a                   Exchange’s Trading Floor.                             (‘‘FE’’) under BOX on Form U4. Further,
                                                given price or prices, subject to the                                                                         the Exchange may require successful
                                                                                                        Registration
                                                provisions of the Options Order                                                                               completion of an examination in
                                                Protection and Locked/Crossed Market                      In order for a Participant to be                    addition to requirements imposed by
                                                                                                        admitted to the Trading Floor the                     other Exchange Rules.82 The Exchange
                                                must provide an affirmative response if they want       Participant will be required to register              is also proposing to adopt procedures
                                                to be in on the trade.                                  with the Exchange. Additionally, all                  and a timeframe for submitting changes
                                                  75 A Floor Broker may request a market prior to
                                                                                                        Floor Participants must be registered as
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                announcing an order on the Trading Floor (‘‘market
                                                probe’’). When a Floor Broker conducts a market
                                                                                                        a Participant 80 on BOX prior to                      pursuant to the Rule 2000 Series for purposes of
                                                probe, any responses from Floor Participants are                                                              participating in options trading on BOX as an
                                                public to all Floor Participants. When a Floor            78 See  Securities Exchange Act Release No. 60405   ‘‘Order Flow Provider’’ or ‘‘Market Maker’’. See
                                                Broker conducts a market probe, he probes all Floor     (July 30, 2009), 74 FR 39362 (August 6, 2009).        Rule 100(a)(40).
                                                Participants.                                              79 Proposed Rule 7230(f) is based on PHLX Rule        81 See proposed Rule 2020(h). Proposed Rule
                                                  76 See proposed Rule 7040(d). Proposed Rule           652(c)(2).                                            2020(h) is based on PHLX Rule 620(a).
                                                7040(d) is based on PHLX Rule 1033(a).                     80 The term ‘‘Participant’’ means a firm or           82 See proposed Rule 2020(i). Proposed Rule
                                                  77 See proposed Rule 7040(d)(2).                      organization that is registered with the Exchange     2020(i) is based on PHLX Rule 620(b).



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00142   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM   23MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                                        23663

                                                of Trading Floor personnel registration                 transactions may be effected until 4:15                 A Floor Broker who wishes to conduct
                                                status to the Exchange. Specifically,                   p.m. ET. Additionally, to be considered                 business on the Trading Floor must be
                                                following the termination of or the                     in the determination of the opening                     registered as a Participant on BOX prior
                                                initiation of a change in the status of                 price and to participate in the opening                 to registering as a Floor Broker. A Floor
                                                any such personnel of a Floor                           trade, the Floor Broker must submit the                 Broker may take into his own account,
                                                Participant who has been issued an                      order into the BOX Book 87                              and subsequently liquidate, any
                                                Exchange access card and a Trading                      electronically.88 The Floor Broker may                  position that results from an error made
                                                Floor badge, the appropriate Exchange                   do so from the Trading Floor using their                while attempting to execute, as Floor
                                                form must be completed, approved and                    terminal; however, the order will not                   Broker, an order.
                                                dated by a Floor Participant principal,                 receive any special or different                          Prior to being admitted to the Trading
                                                officer, or member of the Floor                         treatment from any other pre-opening                    Floor, a Floor Broker shall file an
                                                Participant with authority to do so, and                order submitted from off the Trading                    application in writing with the
                                                submitted to the appropriate Exchange                   Floor. Additionally, a Floor Participant                Exchange staff on such form or forms as
                                                department as soon as possible, but no                  who wishes to place a Limit Order on                    the Exchange may prescribe.94 The
                                                later than 9:30 a.m. ET the next business               the BOX Book must submit such a Limit                   applications received from potential
                                                day by the Floor Participant employer.                  Order electronically.89                                 Floor Brokers will be reviewed by the
                                                Additionally, the Exchange proposes to                     The Exchange is proposing certain                    Exchange,95 which shall consider an
                                                specify that every effort should be made                restrictions for dealings on the Trading                applicant’s ability as demonstrated by
                                                to obtain the person’s access card and                  Floor. Specifically, that no Options                    his passing a Floor Broker’s
                                                Trading Floor badge and to submit these                 Participant shall, while on the Trading                 examination 96 and such other factors as
                                                to the appropriate Exchange                             Floor, make any transactions with any                   the Exchange deems appropriate.97
                                                department.                                             non-Options Participants in any security                After reviewing the Floor Broker’s
                                                                                                        admitted to dealing on the Exchange.90                  application, the Exchange shall either
                                                Broker’s Blanket Bonds                                  Additionally, no employee of a Floor                    approve or disapprove the applicant’s
                                                  Currently, Rule 4180 Brokers’ Blanket                 Participant shall be admitted to the                    registration as a Floor Broker.
                                                Bond provides that every OFP 83                         Trading Floor unless that person is
                                                approved to transact business with the                  registered with and approved by the                     Responsibilities of Floor Brokers
                                                public and every Clearing Participant 84                Exchange.91 The Exchange may in its                        Floor Brokers will have certain
                                                shall carry Brokers’ Blanket Bonds                      discretion require the payment of a fee                 responsibilities while conducting
                                                covering officers and employees of the                  with respect to each employee so                        business on the Trading Floor. The
                                                OFP in such form and in such amounts                    approved, and may at any time in its                    proposed rules covering Floor Brokers’
                                                as the Exchange may require. The                        discretion withdraw any approval so                     responsibilities are based on the rules of
                                                Exchange is now proposing that any                      given. In exercising Exchange discretion                another exchange 98 with certain
                                                Floor Participant that has registered                   in withdrawing approval, the Exchange                   differences due to the design and
                                                solely to conduct business as a Floor                   will follow applicable disciplinary rules               functionality of the Exchange’s Trading
                                                Market Maker or a Floor Broker who                      and procedures, including the ability to                Floor. Specifically, a Floor Broker
                                                does not conduct business with the                      appeal such Exchange determination.92                   handling an order must use due
                                                public shall be exempt from the                         Floor Brokers                                           diligence to cause the order to be
                                                provisions of Rule 4180.85                                                                                      executed at the best price or prices
                                                                                                          As previously mentioned, the                          available to him in accordance with the
                                                Doing Business on BOX                                   Exchange is proposing two categories of                 Rules of the Exchange.99 In addition to
                                                  The majority of the proposed rules                    Participants on the Trading Floor; Floor                the Floor Broker requirements of
                                                governing the activity on the Trading                   Brokers and Floor Market Makers. A                      proposed Rule 7570 concerning due
                                                Floor will be contained in the 7000                     Floor Broker is an individual who is                    diligence, a Floor Broker shall ascertain
                                                series, Doing Business on BOX, of the                   registered with the Exchange for the                    that at least one Floor Market Maker is
                                                Exchange’s Rules.                                       purpose, while on the Trading Floor, of                 present in the Crowd Area prior to
                                                                                                        accepting and handling option orders.93                 announcing an order for execution.100
                                                Trading on the Exchange Floor                                                                                      Floor Brokers must make reasonable
                                                                                                           87 The term ‘‘Central Order Book’’ or ‘‘BOX Book’’
                                                  Dealings on the Trading Floor will be                                                                         efforts to ascertain whether each order
                                                                                                        means the electronic book of orders on each single
                                                limited to the hours during which the                   option series maintained by the BOX Trading Host.       entrusted to them is for the account of
                                                Exchange is open for the transaction of                 See Rule 100(a)(10).
                                                business.86 Specifically, the Exchange’s                   88 See proposed Rule 7070(d). Proposed Rule             94 See proposed Rule 7550. Proposed Rule 7550

                                                normal trading hours for equity options                 7070(d) is based on PHLX Rule 1017(c).                  is based on PHLX Rule 1061.
                                                                                                           89 See proposed IM–8510–8. Proposed IM–8510–            95 The Trading Floor application for Floor
                                                are 9:30 a.m. ET to 4:00 p.m. ET and for
                                                                                                        8 is based on PHLX Rule 1014.18.                        Participants is attached as Exhibit 3.
                                                options on Exchange-Traded Fund                            90 See proposed Rule 7510. Proposed Rule 7510           96 The Floor Broker’s examination will cover
                                                Shares and broad-based indexes                          is based on PHLX Rule 104.                              Exchange-specific rules dealing with the Trading
                                                                                                           91 See proposed rule 7520. Proposed Rule 7520 is     Floor.
                                                   83 The terms ‘‘Order Flow Provider’’ or ‘‘OFP’’                                                                 97 A potential Floor Broker must follow the same
                                                                                                        based on PHLX Rule 443.
                                                mean those Options Participants representing as            92 The applicable disciplinary rules and             application process as all Options Participants
                                                agent Customer Orders on BOX and those non-             procedures are located in 13000 Series of the           today. Rule 2040 provides restrictions and
                                                Market Maker Participants conducting proprietary        Exchange’s Rules.                                       requirements on persons applying to become an
                                                trading. See Rule 100(a)(45).                              93 See proposed Rule 7540. Proposed Rule 7540        Options Participant.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                   84 The term ‘‘Clearing Participant’’ means an                                                                   98 See PHLX Rule 1063.
                                                                                                        is based on PHLX Rule 1060. In addition to the
                                                Options Participant that is self-clearing or an         definition in the PHLX Rule, the Exchange is               99 See proposed Rule 7570. Proposed Rule 7570
                                                Options Participant that clears BOX Transactions        proposing that Floor Brokers must register as           is based on PHLX Rule 155.
                                                for other Options Participants of BOX. See Rule         Options Participants on BOX prior to registering as        100 See proposed Rule 7580(a). Proposed Rule
                                                100(a)(13).                                             a Floor Broker on the Trading Floor. The Exchange       7580(a) is based on PHLX Rule 1063(a). The
                                                   85 See proposed Rule 4180(g). Proposed Rule
                                                                                                        believes that this additional requirement is            Exchange notes that it is not copying the provisions
                                                4180(g) is based on PHLX Rule 705(f)(1)(B).             reasonable as it will allow the Exchange to             of PHLX Rule 1063(a) that cover foreign currency
                                                   86 See proposed Rule 7500. Proposed Rule 7500        adequately monitor Participants and have uniform        options because the Exchange does not list for
                                                is based on PHLX Rule 102.                              registration requirements for all Participants.         trading foreign currency options.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00143   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM     23MYN1


                                                23664                          Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                a Public Customer or broker-dealer.101 If               is proposing that a Floor Broker shall                 order.109 In the event of a malfunction
                                                it is determined the order is for the                   not be held responsible for the                        in the Trading Host or any other related
                                                account of a broker-dealer, the                         execution of a Complex Order based                     Trading Floor systems, including the
                                                responsible Floor Broker must advise                    upon transaction prices that are                       BOG, orders will not be allowed to
                                                the trading crowd of that fact while                    established at the opening or close of                 execute from the Trading Floor.
                                                announcing the order via public outcry                  trading or during any trading                             All orders entrusted to a Floor Broker
                                                and make the appropriate notation in                    rotation.105                                           will be considered Not Held Orders,
                                                his order entry mechanism.                                 The Exchange is proposing                           unless otherwise specified by a Floor
                                                   The Exchange is also proposing rules                 requirements for Floor Brokers                         Broker’s client.110 A Not Held Order is
                                                for how a Floor Broker must handle                                                                             an order marked ‘‘not held’’, ‘‘take
                                                                                                        representing orders on the Trading
                                                contingency orders that are dependent                                                                          time’’, or which bears any qualifying
                                                                                                        Floor.106 These requirements are in
                                                upon the price of the underlying                                                                               notation giving discretion as to the price
                                                                                                        addition to those in proposed Rule
                                                security and for how a Floor Broker                                                                            or time at which such order is to be
                                                                                                        7600. Specifically, in order to create an
                                                must handle orders he is representing                                                                          executed. An order entrusted to a Floor
                                                                                                        electronic audit trail for options orders
                                                when they are for the account of a                                                                             Broker will be considered a Not Held
                                                                                                        represented by Floor Brokers on the
                                                Market Maker.102 Specifically, for                                                                             Order, unless otherwise specified by a
                                                                                                        Exchange’s Trading Floor, a Floor
                                                contingency orders, the Exchange is                                                                            Floor Broker’s client.111Additionally,
                                                                                                        Broker or such Floor Broker’s employee
                                                proposing that the Floor Broker shall be                                                                       the Exchange is proposing that it shall
                                                                                                        shall, contemporaneously upon receipt
                                                responsible for satisfying the                                                                                 be considered conduct inconsistent with
                                                                                                        of an order, including single-sided and
                                                dependency requirement on the basis of                                                                         just and equitable principles of trade for
                                                                                                        double-sided orders, and prior to
                                                the last reported price of the underlying                                                                      any Floor Broker or Floor Market Maker
                                                                                                        announcement of such an order in the
                                                security in the primary market that is                                                                         to intentionally disrupt the open outcry
                                                                                                        trading crowd, record all options orders
                                                generally available on the Trading Floor                                                                       process.112
                                                                                                        represented by such Floor Broker onto                     A Floor Broker must announce an
                                                at any given time. Unless mutually
                                                                                                        the Floor Broker’s order entry                         agency order that he is representing to
                                                agreed by the Participants involved, an
                                                                                                        mechanism.107 The following specific                   the trading crowd before submitting the
                                                execution or non-execution that results
                                                                                                        information with respect to orders                     order to the BOG for execution.113 This
                                                shall not be altered by the fact that such
                                                                                                        represented by a Floor Broker shall be                 announcement must take place whether
                                                reported price is subsequently found to
                                                                                                        recorded by such Floor Broker or such                  the Floor Broker is representing a single-
                                                have been erroneous. For orders from
                                                                                                        Floor Broker’s employees: (i) the order                sided order and soliciting contra-side
                                                the account of a Market Maker, the Floor
                                                                                                        type (i.e., Public Customer, Professional,             interest, or the Floor Broker has
                                                Broker must inform the crowd that he is
                                                                                                        broker-dealer, Market Maker) and order                 sufficient interest to match against the
                                                handling an order for the account of a
                                                                                                        receipt time; (ii) the option symbol; (iii)            agency order already. If a Floor Broker
                                                Market Maker and comply with
                                                                                                        buy, sell, cross or cancel; (iv) call, put,            is holding two agency orders, he will
                                                proposed IM–8510–6 and IM–8510–
                                                                                                        complex (i.e., spread, straddle), or                   choose which order is the initiating
                                                9.103 The purpose of requiring a Floor
                                                                                                        contingency order; (v) number of                       side.114
                                                Broker, who is handling a Market
                                                                                                        contracts; (vi) limit price or market                     The Exchange is proposing rules with
                                                Maker’s order, to comply with Proposed
                                                                                                        order or, in the case of a multi-leg order,            respect to Floor Brokers and
                                                IM–8510–6 and IM–8510–9 is to prevent
                                                                                                        net debit or credit, if applicable; (vii)              discretionary transactions.115
                                                a Floor Market Maker from employing a
                                                                                                        whether the transaction is to open or                  Specifically, no Floor Broker shall
                                                Floor Broker in an effort to circumvent
                                                                                                        close a position; and (viii) The Options               execute or cause to be executed any
                                                the restrictions in proposed IM–8510–6
                                                                                                        Clearing Corporation (‘‘OCC’’) clearing                order on the Exchange with respect to
                                                and IM–8510–9.104 Lastly, the Exchange
                                                                                                        number of the broker-dealer that                       which such Floor Broker is vested with
                                                   101 See proposed IM–7580–2. Proposed IM–7580–        submitted the order.108 Additionally, a                discretion as to: (i) The choice of the
                                                2 is based on PHLX Rule 1063.02.                        Floor Broker must enter complete                       class of options to be bought or sold, (ii)
                                                   102 See proposed Rules 7580(b) and (d). Proposed     identification for all orders entered on               the number of contracts to be bought or
                                                Rule 7580(b) is based on CBOE Rule 6.73(b). The         behalf of Market Makers. Any additional                sold, or (iii) whether any such
                                                Exchange notes that CBOE’s Rule provides for ‘‘one-     information with respect to the order
                                                cancels-the-other orders,’’ which BOX is not                                                                   transaction shall be one of purchase or
                                                including because the Exchange does not offer these     shall be input contemporaneously upon                  sale. However, these proposed rules
                                                types of orders.                                        receipt, which may occur after the
                                                   103 See proposed Rule 7580(d). Proposed Rule         announcement and execution of the                         109 For example this may include information
                                                7580(d) is based on PHLX Rule 1063(d). PHLX’s                                                                  required to properly allocate the QOO Order to
                                                Rule provides for additional rules to which the                                                                Floor Participants that responded when the QOO
                                                Floor Broker must comply than what the Exchange         Proposed IM–8510–9 prohibits a Floor Market
                                                                                                        Maker from acquiring a ‘‘long’’ position by pairing    Order was announced to the trading crowd
                                                is proposing. Specifically, PHLX Rule 1063(d) cites                                                            pursuant to proposed Rules 7580(e)(2) and 7600(b).
                                                commentary .10, .11, .12, and .13 to PHLX Rule          off with a sell order before the opening, unless all
                                                                                                                                                                  110 See proposed IM–7580–3. Proposed IM–7580–
                                                1014; however, the Exchange is only proposing to        off-Floor bids at the price are filled.
                                                                                                           105 See proposed Rule 7580(c).                      3 is based on CBOE Rule 6.73.06.
                                                copy commentary .11 and .12 to PHLX Rule 1014,                                                                    111 See proposed Rule 7600(g). Proposed Rule
                                                                                                           106 See proposed Rule 7580(e).
                                                see proposed IM–8510–6 and IM–8510–9. The
                                                Exchange is not copying PHLX 1014.10 because it            107 See proposed Rule 7580(e)(1). Proposed Rule     7600(g) is based on CBOE Rule 6.53(g).
                                                                                                                                                                  112 See proposed IM–7580–4.
                                                deals with specialists, which the Exchange is not       7580(e)(1) is based on PHLX Rule 1063(e)(i).
                                                                                                                                                                  113 See proposed Rule 7580(e)(2).
                                                proposing to have on the Trading Floor. Next, the       PHLX’s Rule provides for procedures for submitting
                                                Exchange is not copying PHLX Rule 1014.13, which        orders on the Trading Floor in the event of a             114 If only one of the agency orders is for the

                                                deals with minimum quantity that a Floor Market         malfunction of PHLX’s floor order system, which        account of a Public Customer, that order must be
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                Maker must execute in person per quarter, because       BOX is not including. The Exchange will not allow      the agency order. If both agency orders are for the
                                                the Exchange believes that having an in person          orders on the Trading Floor in the event that there    accounts of Public Customers, it is the Floor
                                                requirement is an unnecessary restriction and does      is a malfunction with the Trading Host or any other    Brokers sole decision to determine which order is
                                                not fit the Exchange’s Trading Floor.                   related Trading Floor systems, including the BOG.      the agency order. If neither agency order is for the
                                                   104 Proposed IM–8510–6 provides that an Options      The Exchange believes that providing a trade ticket    account of a Public Customer, it is the Floor Brokers
                                                Exchange Official may temporarily limit the             backup would raise numerous issues with the audit      sole decision to determine which order is the
                                                number of Floor Market Makers in the trading            trail.                                                 agency order.
                                                crowd who are establishing or increasing a position        108 This information is also required when             115 See proposed Rule 7590. Proposed Rule 7590

                                                in the interest of a fair and orderly market.           submitting a QOO Order.                                is based on PHLX Rule 1065.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00144   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM    23MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                                         23665

                                                shall not apply to any discretionary                    execution.121 When a Floor Broker                       applicable to the option order, a security
                                                transactions executed by a Floor Market                 submits a QOO Order for execution, the                  future overlying the same stock
                                                Maker for an account in which he has                    order will be executed based on the                     applicable to the option order or, in
                                                an interest. Additionally, no Floor                     market conditions of when the order is                  reference to an index or Exchange-
                                                Broker shall hold a Not Held Market                     received by the Trading Host and in                     Traded Fund Shares (‘‘ETF’’), a related
                                                Order to buy and a Not Held Market                      accordance with Exchange rules.122 A                    instrument. A ‘‘related instrument’’
                                                Order to sell the same series of options                QOO Order on the Exchange is not                        means, in reference to an index option,
                                                for the same account or for accounts of                 deemed executed until it is processed                   securities comprising ten percent or
                                                the same beneficial owner.116 Also, no                  by the Trading Host. All transactions                   more of the component securities in the
                                                Floor Broker shall leg a Complex Order                  occurring from the Trading Floor must                   index or a futures contract on any
                                                for a Market Maker or accept opening or                 be processed by the Trading Host. Floor                 economically equivalent index
                                                discretionary orders for a Market Maker                 Brokers are responsible for handling all                applicable to the option order. A
                                                who is associated with the same                         orders in accordance with Exchange                      ‘‘related instrument’’ means, in
                                                Options Participant as such Floor                       priority and trade-through rules.123                    reference to an ETF option, a futures
                                                Broker or who is associated with                        QOO Order functionality will assist the                 contract on any economically equivalent
                                                another Options Participant which is                    Floor Broker in respecting the BOX                      index applicable to the ETF underlying
                                                affiliated with the same Options                        Book, consistent with Exchange priority                 the option order. Also, such hedging
                                                Participant as such Floor Broker. A                     rules, as described in proposed Rules                   position is offered, at the execution
                                                Floor Broker may not exercise any                       7600(c) and (d). The proposed QOO                       price received by the Floor Broker
                                                discretion with respect to the order of a               Order will only be allowed on the                       introducing the option, to any in-crowd
                                                Market Maker or the order of an options                 Trading Floor and only Floor Brokers                    Floor Participant who has established
                                                market marker registered on another                     may use the QOO Order. QOO Orders                       parity or priority for the related options.
                                                exchange.117                                            may be multi-leg orders up to four (4)                     There will be an initiating side and a
                                                   Floor Brokers may use any                            legs, including Complex Orders, as                      contra-side to the QOO Order.125 The
                                                communication device on the Trading                     defined in Rule 7240(a)(5) 124 and tied to              initiating side is the order which must
                                                Floor and in the Crowd Area to receive                  hedge orders as defined in proposed                     be filled in its entirety. The contra-side
                                                orders, provided that audit trail and                   IM–7600–2. Such hedging position is                     must guarantee the full size of the
                                                record retention requirements of the                    comprised of a position designated as                   initiating side of the QOO Order and the
                                                Exchange are met.118 However, no                        eligible for a tied hedge transaction as                Floor Broker may provide a book sweep
                                                                                                        determined by the Exchange and may                      size as provided in proposed Rule
                                                person in the Crowd Area or on the
                                                                                                        include the same underlying stock                       7600(h). If the Floor Broker was
                                                Trading Floor may use any
                                                communication device for the purpose                                                                            soliciting interest from the trading
                                                                                                           121 See proposed Rule 7600(a). Proposed Rule
                                                of recording activities on the Trading                  7600(a) is based on PHLX Rule 1063(e)(iv). The
                                                                                                                                                                crowd when the initiating side was
                                                Floor or maintaining an open line of                    Exchange notes that the Trading Host does not           announced or to the extent the trading
                                                continuous communication whereby a                      include all the same functionality as PHLX’s trading    crowd offers a better price, the contra-
                                                non-associated person not located in the                floor systems; the Trading Host will not attempt to     side will be the solicited interest from
                                                                                                        execute an order multiple times if at first it cannot
                                                Crowd Area may continuously monitor                     be executed. The Exchange also notes that Complex
                                                                                                                                                                the trading crowd. If the Floor Broker
                                                the activities in the Crowd Area. The                   Orders are limited to four (4) legs on BOX.             had sufficient interest to match against
                                                ability for Floor Brokers to receive                    Additionally, the Exchange is not including specific    the initiating side when the agency
                                                orders while in the Crowd Area is based                 functionality that will assist a Floor Broker in        order was announced, such Floor Broker
                                                                                                        clearing the electronic book as PHLX does. The
                                                on the rules of another exchange.119                    Exchange is not including this functionality
                                                                                                                                                                interest will be the contra-side to the
                                                   The Exchange is not including certain                because the QOO Order will assist Floor Brokers in      initiating side. If Floor Participants
                                                PHLX rules related to Floor Broker                      respecting the BOX Book. Proposed Rule 7600(a)          responded with interest to the initiating
                                                                                                        also includes additional information to cover the       side where the Floor Broker provided
                                                duties to allocate, match and time stamp                specific aspects of the QOO Order.
                                                trades executed in open outcry and to                      122 For example, a Floor Broker wishes to execute
                                                                                                                                                                sufficient interest to match against the
                                                submit the matched trade tickets to the                 1000 ABC at 1.03. At the time the QOO Order is          initiating side, the Floor Broker will
                                                exchange.120 BOX does not believe that                  announced to the trading crowd the NBBO for ABC         allocate the initiating side of the QOO
                                                these rules are necessary because all                   is 1.00–1.08. When the Trading Host receives the        Order(s) pursuant to Rule 7600(d).
                                                                                                        QOO Order the NBBO is now 1.04–1.09. In this               A QOO Order will be rejected if there
                                                orders on the Trading Floor are only                    situation, the Trading Host would reject the QOO
                                                executed when they are received by the                  Order to avoid trading through the NBBO.                is an ongoing auction in the option
                                                Trading Host, which will allow the                      Similarly, assume when the Floor Broker                 series when the QOO Order is received
                                                Exchange to capture the required audit                  announced the QOO Order there were no orders on         by the Trading Host.126 A Complex
                                                                                                        the BOX Book, the QOO Order had a book sweep            QOO Order 127 will not be rejected if
                                                trail information.                                      size of 10, and the initiating side is to sell. When
                                                                                                        the Trading Host receives the QOO Order there is        there is an ongoing auction in the
                                                Qualified Open Outcry Orders—Floor                      now a Public Customer Order on the BOX Book to          options series of some, but not all, of the
                                                Crossing                                                buy 20 ABC at 1.03 and the NBBO is still 1.00–1.08.     components of the Complex QOO
                                                                                                        In this situation, the Trading Host would reject the    Order.
                                                  After an order has been announced to                  QOO Order to avoid violating the priority
                                                the trading crowd as provided in Rule                   provisions of the Exchange.
                                                                                                           123 In addition to the Trading Host preventing         125 See proposed Rule 7600(a)(1). This does not
                                                7580(e)(2), the Floor Broker must submit
                                                                                                        trade-through and priority violations of the BOX        prevent a Floor Broker from representing a single-
                                                the agency order as part of a two-sided                 Book, the Exchange has robust surveillance              sided order on the Trading Floor. Floor Brokers are
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                order (‘‘Qualified Open Outcry Order’’                  procedures in place to monitor for these violations.    permitted to bring single-sided orders to the
                                                or ‘‘QOO Order’’) to the Trading Host for                  124 The term ‘‘Complex Order’’ means any order       Trading Floor in order to find contra-side liquidity.
                                                                                                        involving the simultaneous purchase and/or sale of      Once a contra-side is sourced pursuant to proposed
                                                                                                        two or more different options series in the same        Rule 7580(e)(2), the Floor Broker shall submit the
                                                  116 See proposed IM–7590–1.
                                                                                                        underlying security, for the same account, in a ratio   two-sided QOO Order to the BOG.
                                                  117 See proposed IM–7590–2.                                                                                     126 See proposed Rule 7600(a)(5).
                                                                                                        that is equal to or greater than one-to-three (.333)
                                                  118 See proposed Rule 7660(i).
                                                                                                        and less than or equal to three-to-one (3.00) and for     127 A Complex QOO Order is a Complex Order,
                                                  119 See CBOE Rule 6.23(c).
                                                                                                        the purpose of executing a particular investment        as defined in Rule 7240(a)(5), submitted as a QOO
                                                  120 See PHLX Rule 1014(g)(vi).                        strategy.                                               Order.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00145   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM     23MYN1


                                                23666                          Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                   A Floor Broker is welcome to bring an                Floor Broker must submit the QOO                      BOG.137 This negotiation and agreement
                                                unmatched order to the Trading Floor in                 Order to the BOG without undue delay,                 that occurs in the trading crowd does
                                                order to seek liquidity. The Floor Broker               provided that the executing Floor                     not result in a final trade, but rather a
                                                may announce the unmatched order                        Broker allows adequate time for Floor                 ‘‘meeting of the minds’’ that is then
                                                (i.e., the initiating side of a QOO Order)              Participants to participate in the                    submitted through the BOG for
                                                to the trading crowd in an attempt to                   transaction as provided in proposed                   processing by the Trading Host. The
                                                source the contra-side. After finding                   Rule 100(b)(5).                                       submitting Floor Broker must announce
                                                sufficient quantity to match the                           The Exchange is additionally                       the order to the trading crowd and give
                                                initiating side pursuant to proposed                    proposing that when a Floor Broker                    Floor Participants a reasonable
                                                Rule 7580(e)(2) and proposed Rule                       executes a Complex QOO Order, the                     opportunity to respond to trade against
                                                7600(b), the Floor Broker would now be                  priority and rules for Complex Orders                 the initiating side of the QOO Order. An
                                                able to submit a two-sided QOO Order                    contained in Rule 7240(b)(2) and (3)                  Options Exchange Official will certify
                                                to the BOG as required.128 Floor Brokers                will continue to apply, except that the               that the Floor Broker adequately
                                                may also enter single sided orders into                 Floor Broker may disable the NBBO                     announced the QOO Order to the
                                                the BOX Book using BOX’s electronic                     aspect of the Complex Order Filter                    trading crowd.138 When a Complex
                                                interface. Specifically, a Floor Broker                 under Rule 7240(b)(3)(iii). For Complex               QOO Order is announced on the
                                                may receive a matched or unmatched                      QOO Orders, the Complex QOO Orders                    Trading Floor, Floor Participants
                                                order via a telephone call on the                       (1) may not trade through any equal or                wishing to participate must respond to
                                                Trading Floor 129 or may have the                       better priced Public Customer Complex                 all legs of the unique Complex QOO
                                                matched or unmatched order sent                         bids or offers on the Complex Order                   Order. For example, if a Floor Broker is
                                                electronically to the Floor Broker’s order              Book 134 or any non-Public Customer                   executing a Complex QOO Order in
                                                entry mechanism on the Trading Floor                    Complex bids or offers on the Complex                 A+B, a Floor Participant may respond
                                                prior to submitting the QOO Order to                    Order Book that are ranked ahead of                   with interest in A+B, but may not
                                                the BOG.                                                such equal or better priced Public                    respond to only Leg A or Leg B. The
                                                   The Exchange is proposing that the                   Customer Complex bids or offers, and                  executing Floor Broker’s allocation
                                                execution price of the QOO Order must                   (2) may not trade through any non-                    process is identical to the process for
                                                be equal to or better than the NBBO.130                 Public Customer bids or offers on the                 non-Complex QOO Orders in proposed
                                                Additionally, the QOO Order (1) may                     Complex Order Book that are priced                    Rule 7600(d).
                                                not trade through any equal or better                   better than the proposed execution                       The Exchange believes that by having
                                                priced Public Customer bids or offers on                price. Additionally, the Complex QOO                  the QOO Order execute when it is
                                                the BOX Book or any non-Public                          Order may be executed at a price                      processed by the Trading Host, the
                                                Customer bids or offers on the BOX                      without giving priority to equivalent                 Exchange is providing a system that will
                                                Book that are ranked ahead of such                      bids or offers in the individual series               prevent executions that appear to be at
                                                equal or better priced Public Customer                  legs on the initiating side, provided at              prices that are worse than the NBBO
                                                bids or offers, and (2) may not trade                   least one options leg betters the                     due to the fact that on traditional open-
                                                through any non-Public Customer bids                    corresponding bid or offer on the BOX                 outcry floors the time that the execution
                                                or offers on the BOX Book that are                      Book by at least one minimum trading                  is printed may be substantially after the
                                                priced better than the proposed                         increment as set forth in Rule                        time an execution actually occurred on
                                                execution price. The Exchange notes                     7240(b)(1).                                           the trading floor. The Exchange believes
                                                this proposed Rule is based on the rules                   As mentioned above, the Exchange is                that having the QOO Order execute
                                                of NYSE Arca.131                                        also proposing to amend the current                   when it is processed by the Trading
                                                   The Floor Broker must submit the                     rules related to Complex Orders on the                Host will minimize trade-through
                                                QOO Order to the BOG for processing
                                                                                                        Exchange in order to incorporate the                  violations and provide an accurate and
                                                by the Trading Host, as provided in
                                                                                                        trading of Complex Orders on the                      sequential audit trail. The Exchange
                                                proposed Rule 7600. The Exchange is
                                                                                                        Trading Floor. Currently, incoming                    notes that this is similar to the way
                                                proposing that the QOO Order is not
                                                                                                        Complex Orders to the Exchange are                    executions on PHLX occur.139
                                                deemed executed until the QOO Order
                                                                                                        filtered to ensure that each leg of a
                                                is processed by the Trading Host.132                                                                          Priority in the Trading Crowd
                                                                                                        Complex Order will be executed at a
                                                Once the Floor Broker submits the QOO                                                                           The Exchange is proposing rules for
                                                                                                        price that is equal to or better than the
                                                Order to the BOG there will be no                                                                             determining priority of bids and offers
                                                                                                        NBBO and BOX BBO.135 The Exchange
                                                opportunity for the submitting Floor                                                                          on the Trading Floor.140 Specifically,
                                                                                                        is now proposing that Floor Brokers
                                                Broker, or anyone else, to alter the terms
                                                of the QOO Order.133 After announcing                   may disable, on an order by order basis,
                                                                                                                                                                 137 See proposed Rule 7600(b). Proposed Rule
                                                the QOO Order to the trading crowd, the                 the NBBO aspect of this protection for
                                                                                                                                                              7600(b) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 6.47(a)(1).
                                                                                                        Complex QOO Orders. The Exchange                         138 The Options Exchange Official will have a
                                                  128 See proposed IM–7600–4.                           notes that other options exchanges do                 terminal that will allow him to certify that the Floor
                                                  129 When  a Floor Broker receives an order,           not require the legs of a Complex Order               Broker adequately represented the QOO Order to
                                                matched or unmatched, via telephone, the Floor          to be executed at a price that is equal               the trading crowd.
                                                Broker must enter the order electronically into the     to or better than the NBBO and                           139 See PHLX Rule 1063(e)(iv). The Exchange is

                                                Floor Broker’s order entry mechanism.                                                                         not including functionality that allows a Floor
                                                  130 See proposed Rule 7600(c).
                                                                                                        exchange BBO.136                                      Broker to attempt to execute an order multiple
                                                  131 See NYSE Arca Rules 6.47 and 6.75. The               All QOO Orders must be announced                   times if it cannot be executed when the order is first
                                                Exchange notes that it is providing an additional       to the trading crowd, as provided in                  submitted as PHLX does.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                provision that NYSE Arca does not have in its Rule.     proposed Rule 7580(e)(2), prior to the                   140 See proposed Rule 7610. Proposed Rule 7610

                                                Specifically, the Exchange is providing for a book      QOO Order being submitted to the                      is based on NYSE Arca Rule 6.75. The Exchange
                                                sweep size as provided in proposed Rule 7600(h).                                                              notes that it is not including certain sections of the
                                                  132 The execution of the QOO Order will be                                                                  NYSE Arca rule that apply to Lead Market Maker
                                                                                                          134 The term ‘‘Complex Order Book’’ means the
                                                reported after it is processed by the Trading Host                                                            guarantee participation because the Exchange will
                                                in the same manner as all other orders on BOX.          electronic book of Complex Orders maintained by       not have Lead Market Makers on the Trading Floor.
                                                  133 The Exchange notes that the processing of an      the BOX Trading Host. See Rule 7240(a)(6).            Specifically, a Lead Market Maker on NYSE Arca
                                                                                                          135 See Rule 7240(b)(3)(iii).
                                                incoming QOO Order by the Exchange is                                                                         that establishes first priority during the vocalization
                                                instantaneous.                                            136 See ISE Rule 722(b)(3).                         process is entitled to buy or sell as many contracts



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00146   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM   23MYN1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                                      23667

                                                the highest (lowest) bid (offer) shall                     The Exchange’s proposed rules will                 Order,145 regardless of whether the
                                                have priority; when two or more bids                    also cover the situation where a Floor                contra-side order submitted by the Floor
                                                (offers) represent the highest (lowest)                 Broker requests a market in order to fill             Broker is ultimately entitled to receive
                                                price, priority shall be afforded to such               a large order and the Floor Participants              an allocation,146 pursuant to proposed
                                                bids (offers) in the sequence in which                  provide a collective response.141 In such             Rules 7600(d)(3)(i) or (iii). If no Floor
                                                they were made. If, however, the bids                   situation, if the size of the response, in            Participant, other than the executing
                                                (offers) of two or more Floor                           the aggregate, is less than or equal to the           Floor Broker, is entitled to an allocation,
                                                Participants are made simultaneously,                   size of the order to be filled, the Floor             then no further steps are necessary. If
                                                or if it is impossible to determine clearly             Participants will each receive a share of             however, Floor Participants are entitled
                                                the order of time in which they are                     the order that is equal to the size of their          to an allocation, the remaining balance
                                                made, such bids (offers) will be deemed                 respective bids or offers. If, however, the           of the initiating side of the QOO Order
                                                to be on parity and priority will be                    size of the response exceeds the size of              will be allocated as described below.
                                                afforded to them, insofar as practicable,               the order to be filled, that order will be               First, if the QOO Order satisfies the
                                                on an equal basis. BOX is proposing that                allocated on a size pro rata basis.                   provisions of proposed Rule 7600(f), the
                                                the Floor Broker will be responsible for                Specifically, in such circumstances, the              executing Floor Broker is entitled to
                                                determining the sequence in which bids                  size of the order to be allocated is                  40% of the remaining quantity of the
                                                or offers are vocalized on the Trading                  multiplied by the size of an individual               initiating side of the QOO Order.147
                                                Floor from Floor Participants in                        Floor Participant’s quote divided by the              Next, Floor Participants that responded
                                                response to the Floor Broker’s bid, offer,              aggregate size of all Floor Participants’             with interest when the executing Floor
                                                or call for a market. A Floor Participant               quotes. For example, assume there are                 Broker announced the QOO Order to the
                                                that established priority pursuant to IM–               200 contracts to be allocated, Floor                  trading crowd, as outlined in proposed
                                                7600–1(c) must inform the Floor Broker                  Market Maker #1 is bidding for 100,                   Rules 7580(e)(2) and 7600(b), are
                                                of such priority when the Floor Broker                  Floor Market Maker #2 is bidding for                  allocated.148 When multiple Floor
                                                announces the order. Any disputes                       200 and Floor Market Maker #3 is                      Participants respond with interest,
                                                regarding a Floor Broker’s determination                bidding for 500. Under the ‘‘size pro                 priority is established pursuant to
                                                of time priority sequence will be                       rata’’ allocation formula, Floor Market               proposed Rule 7610.149 Finally, if
                                                resolved by the Options Exchange                        Maker #1 will be allocated 25 contracts               interest remains after Floor Participants
                                                Official. An Options Exchange Official                  (200 × 100 ÷ 800); Floor Market Maker                 that responded with interest receive
                                                may nullify a transaction or adjust its                 #2 will be allocated 50 contracts (200 ×              their allocation, the remaining quantity
                                                terms if they determine the transaction                 200 ÷ 800); and Floor Market Maker #3                 of the initiating side of the QOO Order
                                                to have been in violation of Exchange                   will be allocated 125 contracts (200 ×                will be allocated to the executing Floor
                                                Rules.                                                  500 ÷ 800).                                           Broker.150 After execution of the QOO
                                                   The Exchange is proposing that the                                                                         Order, the executing Floor Broker is
                                                Floor Participant with first priority is                Allocation                                            responsible for providing the correct
                                                entitled to buy or sell as many contracts                                                                     allocations of the initiating side of the
                                                                                                           The following describes how the
                                                as the Floor Broker may have available                                                                        QOO Order to an Options Exchange
                                                                                                        initiating side of a QOO Order is
                                                to trade. If there are any contracts                                                                          Official or his or her designee, if
                                                                                                        allocated.142 First, the initiating side of
                                                remaining, the Floor Participant with                                                                         necessary, who will properly record the
                                                                                                        the QOO Order will match against any
                                                second priority will be entitled to buy                                                                       order in the Exchange’s system.151 The
                                                                                                        bids or offers on the BOX Book priced
                                                or sell as many contracts as there are                                                                        executing Floor Broker must provide the
                                                                                                        better than the contra-side, provided
                                                remaining in the Floor Broker’s order,                                                                        correct allocations to an Options
                                                                                                        that an adequate book sweep size was
                                                and so on, until the Floor Broker’s order
                                                has been filled entirely. An Options                    provided by the Floor Broker pursuant
                                                                                                                                                                145 See  proposed Rule 7600(d)(3).
                                                Exchange Official has the same                          to paragraph (h).143 Multiple orders at                 146 For  the avoidance of doubt, the Exchange
                                                responsibilities as a Floor Broker when                 the same price are matched based on                   would like to make clear that the matching of the
                                                the Options Exchange Official calls for                 time priority.                                        initiating side of the QOO Order against interest on
                                                a market.                                                  Next, at the same price as the contra-             the BOX Book and the matching of the remaining
                                                                                                        side of the QOO Order, if any contracts               portion of initiating side of the QOO Order against
                                                                                                                                                              the contra-side order provided by the Floor Broker
                                                as the Floor Broker may have available to trade.        of the initiating side remain, the                    will be completed automatically by the Trading
                                                Additionally, on NYSE Arca, if the Lead Market          initiating side of the QOO Order will                 Host.
                                                Maker establishes some other priority other than        match against Public Customer Orders                     147 See proposed Rule 7600(d)(3)(i).
                                                first, the Lead Market Maker is entitled to buy or
                                                sell the number of contracts equal to the Lead          on the BOX Book, along with bids or                      148 See Proposed Rule 7600(d)(3)(ii).
                                                                                                                                                                 149 Proposed Rule 7610 provides that the highest
                                                Market Maker’s guaranteed participation level. The      offers of non-Public Customers ranked
                                                                                                                                                              bid or lowest offer shall have priority. Where two
                                                Exchange is also omitting sections of the NYSE          ahead of such Public Customer Orders                  or more offers or bids are at the same price, priority
                                                Arca rule that cover manual executions on the           on the BOX Book, provided that an
                                                trading floor because the Exchange is requiring that                                                          shall be afforded in the sequence in which the
                                                all orders on the Trading Floor will not execute        adequate book sweep size was provided                 offers or bids were made. If the bids or offers of
                                                until they are processed by the Trading Host. The       by the Floor Broker pursuant to                       more than one Floor Participant are made
                                                                                                                                                              simultaneously, such bids or offers will be deemed
                                                Exchange is not including provisions of NYSE            paragraph (h).144 Multiple bids or offers             to be on parity and priority will be afforded to
                                                Arca’s rule that apply to stock-option orders           at the same price are matched based on
                                                because the Exchange does not offer this type of                                                              them, insofar as practicable, on an equal basis.
                                                order. Additionally, the Exchange is not including      time priority.                                        Accordingly, efforts will be made to assure that
                                                                                                                                                              each Floor Participant on parity receives an equal
                                                the same level of detail as NYSE Arca does when            The remaining balance of the                       number of contracts, to the extent mathematically
                                                referring to the actions that an Options Exchange
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                Official can take when there is a dispute regarding
                                                                                                        initiating side of the QOO Order, if any,             possible. If the Floor Participants provide a
                                                a Floor Broker’s determination of time priority on      will then be matched by the Trading                   collective response to a Floor Broker’s request for
                                                the Trading Floor. The Exchange believes that by        Host against the contra-side of the QOO               a market in order to fill a large order, then the
                                                allowing an Options Exchange Official the ability to                                                          allocation will be size pro rata, if necessary.
                                                                                                                                                                 150 See Proposed Rule 7600(d)(3)(iii).
                                                nullify a transaction or adjust its terms when the       141 See
                                                transaction has violated the Exchange’s Rules will               proposed Rule 7610(d)(5).                       151 See Proposed Rule 7600(d)(4). The Options
                                                                                                         142 See proposed Rule 7600(d).
                                                provide the Exchange with the ability to better                                                               Exchange Official or his or her designee is not
                                                                                                         143 See proposed Rule 7600(d)(1).
                                                monitor and enforce the Exchange’s Rules on the                                                               responsible for confirming the accuracy of the
                                                Trading Floor.                                           144 See proposed Rule 7600(d)(2).                    allocations provided by the executing Floor Broker.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00147   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM      23MYN1


                                                23668                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                Exchange Official or his or her designee,               Exchange Official or his or her designee              contracts. The initiating side of the QOO
                                                in writing, without unreasonable delay.                 with the following allocation of the                  Orders will match against the Floor
                                                   The below examples are designed to                   initiating side of the QOO Order:                     Broker’s contra-side orders for the full
                                                illustrate the allocation of the initiating               1. 200 contracts for Floor Market Maker 1           300 contracts. After execution of the
                                                side of a QOO Order(s).                                 with time priority.                                   QOO Orders, the executing Floor Broker
                                                   Example 1 152—Assume there is no                       2. 200 contracts for Floor Market Maker 2.          is then responsible for providing an
                                                priority interest on the contra-side of the               3. The executing Floor Broker will receive          Options Exchange Official or his or her
                                                QOO Order, as provided in proposed                      no allocation.                                        designee with the following allocation
                                                Rule 7600(d)(2), on the BOX Book at the                    Example 3—Assume there is no                       of the initiating side of the QOO Orders:
                                                execution price of the QOO Order and                    priority interest on the contra-side of the             1. QOO Order at 1.05—120 (300 *.40)
                                                a Floor Broker wishes to execute a QOO                  QOO Order, as provided in proposed                    contracts for the contra-side order submitted
                                                Order for 500 contracts. When he                        Rule 7600(d)(2), on the BOX Book at the               by the Floor Broker.154
                                                announces the order, Floor Market                       execution price of the QOO Order and                    2. QOO Order at 1.06—300 contracts for
                                                Maker 1 and Floor Market Maker 2 both                   a Floor Broker wishes to execute a QOO                Floor Market Maker 1.
                                                respond to the QOO Order for 250                                                                                3. QOO Order at 1.05—180 contracts for
                                                                                                        Order for 400 contracts in ABC at 1.05                Floor Market Maker 2.
                                                contracts each. Floor Market Maker 1                    (initiating side is to sell). The NBBO for
                                                responded first so he will have time                    ABC is 1.00–1.10. When he announces                      Example 5—In the same scenario as
                                                priority over Floor Market Maker 2.                     the order, Floor Market Maker 1 and                   above, but there is priority interest of
                                                Since the QOO Order is for at least 500                 Floor Market Maker 2 both respond to                  100 contracts on the BOX Book, as
                                                contracts, the Floor Broker is entitled to              the QOO Order for 200 contracts each.                 provided in proposed Rule 7600(d)(2),
                                                match at least 40% of the initiating side               Floor Market Maker 1 responded first at               at the execution price of the QOO Order
                                                with the Floor Broker’s contra-side.153                 an improved price to buy 200 at 1.06 so               and a Floor Broker elects to have a book
                                                   Result: The initiating side of the QOO               he will have price priority over Floor                sweep size of 100 contracts.
                                                Order will match against the Floor                      Market Maker 2. Since the QOO Order                      Result:
                                                Broker’s contra-side order for the full                 is for less than 500 contracts, the Floor               1. The initiating side of the QOO Order
                                                500 contracts. After the execution of the               Broker is not entitled to a 40%                       will first match against the priority interest
                                                QOO Order, the executing Floor Broker                   guarantee.                                            on the BOX Book for 100 contracts.
                                                is then responsible for providing an                       Result: The Floor Broker will submit                 2. Then the remaining 300 contracts of the
                                                Options Exchange Official or his or her                                                                       initiating side of the QOO Order will match
                                                                                                        two QOO Orders for 200 contracts each.
                                                designee the following allocation of the                                                                      against the executing Floor Broker’s contra-
                                                                                                        A QOO Order at 1.06 for 200 contracts                 side order. After execution of the QOO Order,
                                                initiating side of the QOO Order:                       and a QOO Order at 1.05 for 200                       the executing Floor Broker is then
                                                  1. 200 contracts (500 * .40) for the contra-          contracts. The initiating side of the QOO             responsible for providing an Options
                                                side order submitted by the Floor Broker.               Orders will match against the Floor                   Exchange Official or his or her designee with
                                                  2. 250 for Floor Market Maker 1 with time             Broker’s contra-side orders for the full              the following allocation of the initiating side
                                                priority.                                               200 contracts. After execution of the                 of the QOO Order:
                                                  3. Remaining 50 contracts to Floor Market             QOO Orders, the executing Floor Broker                  a. 250 contracts for Floor Market Maker 1
                                                Maker 2.                                                                                                      with time priority.
                                                                                                        is then responsible for providing an
                                                  Example 2—Assume there is no                                                                                  b. 50 contracts to Floor Market Maker 2.
                                                                                                        Options Exchange Official or his or her
                                                priority interest on the contra-side of the                                                                     c. The executing Floor Broker will receive
                                                                                                        designee with the following allocation                no allocation.
                                                QOO Order, as provided in proposed                      of the initiating side of the QOO Orders:
                                                Rule 7600(d)(2), on the BOX Book at the                                                                         The Exchange is also proposing that
                                                                                                          1. QOO Order at 1.06—200 contracts for              the QOO Order will not route to an
                                                execution price of the QOO Order and                    Floor Market Maker 1.
                                                a Floor Broker wishes to execute a QOO                    2. QOO Order at 1.05—200 contracts for
                                                                                                                                                              away exchange and the QOO Order will
                                                Order for 400 contracts. When he                        Floor Market Maker 2.                                 not trade through any away exchange
                                                announces the order, Floor Market                         3. The executing Floor Broker will receive          displaying a better price than the
                                                Maker 1 and Floor Market Maker 2 both                   no allocation of either QOO Order.                    proposed execution price for the QOO
                                                respond to the QOO Order for 200                           Example 4—Assume there is no                       Order.155
                                                contracts each. Floor Market Maker 1                    priority interest on the contra-side of the           Book Sweep Size
                                                responded first so he will have time                    QOO Order, as provided in proposed
                                                priority over Floor Market Maker 2.                                                                              The Exchange is proposing to provide
                                                                                                        Rule 7600(d)(2), on the BOX Book at the               a book sweep size to help Floor Brokers
                                                Since the QOO Order is for less than                    execution price of the QOO Order and
                                                500 contracts, the Floor Broker is not                                                                        execute orders when there are bids or
                                                                                                        a Floor Broker wishes to execute a QOO                offers on the BOX Book that have
                                                entitled to a 40% guarantee.                            Order for 600 contracts in ABC at 1.05
                                                  Result: The initiating side QOO Order                                                                       priority over the contra-side of the QOO
                                                                                                        (initiating side is to sell). The NBBO for            Order.156 Specifically, a Floor Broker
                                                will match against the Floor Broker’s                   ABC is 1.00–1.10. When he announces
                                                contra-side for the full 400 contracts.                                                                       may, but is not required to, provide a
                                                                                                        the order, Floor Market Maker 1 and                   book sweep size. The book sweep size
                                                After execution of the QOO Order, the                   Floor Market Maker 2 both respond to
                                                executing Floor Broker is then                                                                                is the number of contracts, if any, of the
                                                                                                        the QOO Order for 300 contracts each.                 initiating side of the QOO Order that the
                                                responsible for providing an Options                    Floor Market Maker 1 responded first at               Floor Broker is willing to relinquish to
                                                  152 For the following three examples, assume the
                                                                                                        an improved price to buy 300 at 1.06 so               interest on the BOX Book that has
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                execution price of the QOO Order satisfies the
                                                                                                        he will have price priority over Floor                priority pursuant to proposed Rule
                                                submission requirements of proposed Rule 7000(c).       Market Maker 2. Since the QOO Order                   7600(d)(1) and (2). Specifically, any
                                                Specifically, the execution price must be at a price    is more than 500 contracts, the Floor                 equal or better priced Public Customer
                                                (1) better than any Public Customer bids or offers      Broker is entitled to a 40% guarantee.
                                                on the BOX Book, and (2) no worse than any non-            Result: The Floor Broker will submit                 154 The Floor Broker’s guarantee only applies to
                                                Public Customer bids or offers on the BOX Book,
                                                on the initiating side.                                 two QOO Orders for 300 contracts each.                40% of the contracts at the given price level.
                                                  153 The Floor Broker’s 40% guarantee is outlined      A QOO Order at 1.06 for 300 contracts                   155 See proposed Rule 7600(e).

                                                in proposed Rule 7600(f).                               and a QOO Order at 1.05 for 300                         156 See proposed Rule 7600(h).




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00148   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM   23MYN1


                                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                                               23669

                                                Orders on the BOX Book or any non-                                         against the contra-side order. The                       book.158 PHLX’s system has
                                                Public Customer bids or offers on the                                      Exchange believes that this proposed                     functionality that will return the order
                                                BOX Book that are ranked ahead of such                                     feature will aid Floor Brokers in having                 to the Floor Broker if, after attempting
                                                equal or better priced Public Customer                                     more of their executions accepted by the                 to execute the order multiple times, the
                                                Orders, and any non-Public Customer                                        Trading Host and will benefit the                        order cannot be executed. The Exchange
                                                bids or offers on the BOX Book that are                                    market as a whole by providing a tool                    believes this is similar to the proposed
                                                priced better than the proposed                                            to assist Floor Brokers in executing                     book sweep size that may result in a
                                                execution price. If the number of                                          orders when there is priority interest on                Floor Broker’s order not executing once
                                                contracts on the BOX Book that have                                        the BOX Book. Additionally, the book                     it is submitted.159
                                                priority over the contra-side order is                                     sweep size will provide increased
                                                                                                                                                                                    Examples
                                                greater than the book sweep size, then                                     opportunity for orders on the BOX Book
                                                the QOO Order will be rejected by the                                      to be executed. The Exchange notes,                        The following are examples of how
                                                Trading Host. If the number of contracts                                   however, that it shall be considered                     the QOO Order will operate.
                                                on the BOX Book that have priority over                                    conduct inconsistent with just and                       Example #1—Execution of a QOO Order
                                                the contra-side order is less than or                                      equitable principles of trade for any
                                                equal to the book sweep size, then the                                     Floor Broker to use the book sweep size                     The following example is designed to
                                                QOO Order will be allowed to execute.                                      for the purpose of violating the Floor                   illustrate a QOO Order executing.
                                                In such case, the initiating side will                                     Broker’s duties and obligations.157                      • NBBO 3.09–3.13
                                                execute against interest on the BOX                                          The Exchange notes that another                        • QOO Order for 100 at 3.10 (initiating
                                                Book with priority and then the                                            exchange provides functionality to help                     side is sell)
                                                remaining quantity, if any, will execute                                   Floor Brokers clear the electronic                       • Book sweep size = 0.

                                                                                                                                                 BOX Book

                                                                                      Account                                                  Quantity               Buy             Sell             Quantity            Account

                                                MM1 .....................................................................................             150                   3.09             3.15                 10   MM2
                                                BD1 ......................................................................................             15                   3.08             3.16                 10   MM3



                                                  Result: QOO Order is accepted                                            Example #2—Capping of the Book                           • NBBO 3.09–3.13
                                                because the price of the QOO Order                                         Sweep Size                                               • QOO Order for 100 at 3.10 (initiating
                                                ($3.10) is better than the NBBO on both                                      The following example illustrates                        side is sell)
                                                the initiating side ($3.13) and the                                        how the Exchange will handle a QOO                       • Book sweep size = 200 (will be
                                                contra-side ($3.09).                                                       Order that is submitted with a book                        capped at the size of the QOO Order
                                                                                                                           sweep size that is greater than the size                   (100)).
                                                                                                                           of the QOO Order.

                                                                                                                                                 BOX Book

                                                                                      Account                                                  Quantity               Buy             Sell             Quantity            Account

                                                MM1 .....................................................................................             150                   3.09             3.15                 10   MM2
                                                BD1 ......................................................................................             15                   3.08             3.16                 10   MM3



                                                  Result: QOO Order is accepted                                            Example #3—Rejecting a QOO Order                         • NBBO 3.09–3.15
                                                because the price of the QOO Order                                         based on the NBBO                                        • QOO Order for 100 at 3.17 (initiating
                                                ($3.10) is better than the NBBO on both                                      The following example illustrates                        side is sell)
                                                the initiating side ($3.13) and the                                        how the Exchange will handle a QOO                       • Book sweep size = 100.
                                                contra-side ($3.09).                                                       Order that is priced outside of the
                                                                                                                           NBBO.




                                                  157 See proposed IM–7600–3.                                              order can execute at the agreed upon price. If the          159 The Exchange notes that the proposed
                                                  158 PHLX’s   Floor Broker Management System                              Floor Broker wishes to still execute his order, he       functionality of the Trading Host on BOX will not
                                                (‘‘FBMS’’) provides execution functionality that                           can cause a portion of the floor based order to trade    attempt to execute an order multiple times. Instead,
                                                will assist the Floor Broker in clearing the exchange                      against this priority interest on the electronic book,   if, due to the book sweep size provided by the Floor
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                book, consistent with exchange priority rules. See                         thereby clearing the interest and permitting the         Broker, the order cannot be executed by the Trading
                                                PHLX Rule 1063(e)(iv). Additionally, if a Floor                            remainder of the Floor Broker’s order to trade at the    Host immediately, it will be rejected back to the
                                                Broker on PHLX enters a two-sided order through                            desired price. The PHLX FBMS functionality is            Floor Broker. The similarity is in the fact that in
                                                the FBMS, and there is interest on the PHLX                                optional, and a Floor Broker can decide not to trade     both situations an order will not execute and will
                                                electronic book at a price that would prevent the                          against the electronic book and therefore not            be rejected back to the Floor Broker. The Exchange
                                                Floor Broker’s order from executing, the FBMS will                         execute his two-sided order at the particular price.     believes that this difference between the Exchange
                                                provide the Floor Broker with the quantity of                              See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 68960            and PHLX will incentivize Floor Brokers on BOX
                                                contracts on the electronic book that have priority                        (February 20, 2013), 78 FR 13132 (February 26,           to provide an adequate book sweep size if they want
                                                and need to be satisfied before the Floor Broker’s                         2013) (SR–Phlx–2013–09).                                 the order to immediately execute.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014         21:15 May 22, 2017          Jkt 241001      PO 00000        Frm 00149   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM    23MYN1


                                                23670                                      Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                                                                                                                 BOX Book

                                                                                      Account                                                  Quantity               Buy            Sell            Quantity          Account

                                                MM1 .....................................................................................                 50                3.09            3.15                10   MM2
                                                BD1 ......................................................................................                20                3.08            3.16                10   MM3



                                                  Result: QOO Order is rejected because                                    Example #4—Executing of a QOO Order                     • NBBO 3.09–3.15
                                                the price of the QOO Order (3.17) is                                       Utilizing the Book Sweep Size                           • QOO Order for 100 at 3.09 (initiating
                                                worse than the NBBO (3.15) on the                                            The following example illustrates a                     side is sell)
                                                initiating side of the QOO Order.                                          QOO Order that utilizes the book sweep                  • Book sweep size = 100.
                                                                                                                           size and therefore executes against
                                                                                                                           interest on the BOX Book.

                                                                                                                                                 BOX Book

                                                                                      Account                                                  Quantity               Buy            Sell            Quantity          Account

                                                PC1 ......................................................................................                50                3.09            3.15                10   MM2
                                                PC2 ......................................................................................                50                3.08            3.16                10   MM3



                                                  Result: QOO Order is accepted, as the                                    the remaining 50 contracts will trade at                an adequate book sweep size to have the
                                                Floor Broker is willing to relinquish the                                  3.09 against the contra-side.                           QOO Order execute immediately when
                                                full quantity of the initiating side to                                                                                            it was submitted to the Trading Host.
                                                                                                                           Example #5—Insufficient Book Sweep
                                                orders and quotes on the BOX Book.                                         Quantity                                                • NBBO 3.09–3.15
                                                The initiating side will trade 50                                                                                                  • QOO Order for 100 at 3.09 (initiating
                                                contracts against PC1 at 3.09, and then                                       The following example is designed to
                                                                                                                           illustrate the situation where an                         side is sell)
                                                                                                                           executing Floor Broker did not provide                  • Book sweep size = 40.

                                                                                                                                                 BOX Book

                                                                                      Account                                                  Quantity               Buy            Sell            Quantity          Account

                                                PC1 ......................................................................................                50                3.09            3.15                10   MM2
                                                PC2 ......................................................................................                50                3.08            3.16                10   MM3



                                                   Result: QOO Order is rejected, as the                                   Increase the book sweep size and                        handle a QOO Order that is submitted
                                                Floor Broker is not willing to relinquish                                  resubmit the order; or (ii) not trade the               at a price that would trade-through an
                                                adequate quantity of the initiating side.                                  order on BOX.                                           away exchange.
                                                Specifically, the book sweep size of 40                                    Example #6—Trading Through an Away                      • NBBO 3.09–3.13
                                                is not sufficient to satisfy PC1’s 50                                      Exchange                                                • QOO Order for 100 at 3.14 (initiating
                                                contracts which have priority. Upon                                                                                                  side is buy)
                                                rejection, the Floor Broker may: (i)                                          The following example is designed to
                                                                                                                           illustrate how the Trading Host will                    • Book sweep size = 100.

                                                                                                                                                 BOX Book

                                                                                      Account                                                  Quantity               Buy            Sell            Quantity          Account

                                                MM1 .....................................................................................                 50                3.09            3.15                10   MM2
                                                BD1 ......................................................................................                20                3.08            3.16                10   MM3



                                                  Result: QOO Order is rejected because                                    contra-side (3.15). A QOO Order will                    Example #7—Complex QOO Order on
                                                the price of the QOO Order (3.14) is                                       not route to an away exchange and the                   the Trading Floor
                                                worse than the NBBO (3.13) on the                                          QOO will not trade through any away                       The following is an example of an
                                                contra-side of the QOO Order. The QOO                                      exchange displaying a better price.                     execution of a Complex QOO Order.
                                                Order is rejected even though the price
                                                of the QOO is better than the BOX Book                                                                                             • Complex QOO Order for 100 of A+B
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                on the initiating side (3.09) and the                                                                                                at 2.01 (initiating side is buy)




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014         21:15 May 22, 2017          Jkt 241001      PO 00000        Frm 00150   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM   23MYN1


                                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                                                23671

                                                • Floor Broker has disabled the away                                       • Book sweep size = 100                                   • BOX BBO for Complex Order 161 A+B
                                                  NBBO filter for the Complex QOO                                          • NBBO for Complex Order 160 A+B is                         is 2.00–3.20
                                                  Order                                                                      3.06–3.20

                                                                                                                                   BOX Book For Complex Order A+B

                                                                                      Account                                                   Quantity                Buy            Sell             Quantity            Account




                                                                                                                                             BOX Book Instrument A

                                                                                      Account                                                   Quantity                Buy            Sell             Quantity            Account

                                                PC1 ......................................................................................                  10                1.00            1.10                 10   PC2



                                                                                                                                             BOX Book Instrument B

                                                                                      Account                                                   Quantity                Buy            Sell             Quantity            Account

                                                BD1 ......................................................................................                  10                1.00            2.10                 10   BD2




                                                  Result: Complex QOO Order is                                             (3.06–3.20). Even when the Complex                        Broker did not provide an adequate
                                                accepted because the price of the                                          QOO Order ignores the away NBBO, it                       book sweep size to satisfy the resting
                                                Complex QOO Order (2.01) is better                                         must still respect interest on BOX.                       interest on the Complex Order Book.
                                                than the BOX BBO on the initiating side
                                                                                                                           Example #8—Complex QOO Order                              • Complex QOO Order for 100 of A+B
                                                (2.00) and the contra-side (3.20).
                                                                                                                           Rejected Due to the Book Sweep Size                         at 3.07 (initiating side is sell)
                                                Additionally, since the NBBO filter has
                                                been disabled by the Floor Broker, the                                       The following is an example of a                        • Book sweep size = 25
                                                Complex QOO Order will ignore the                                          Complex QOO Order that is rejected by                     • NBBO for Complex Order A+B is
                                                NBBO for Complex Order A+B                                                 the Trading Host because the Floor                          3.06–3.20

                                                                                                                                   BOX Book For Complex Order A+B

                                                                                      Account                                                   Quantity                Buy            Sell             Quantity            Account

                                                MM1 .....................................................................................                   50                3.10



                                                                                                                                             BOX Book Instrument A

                                                                                      Account                                                   Quantity                Buy            Sell             Quantity            Account

                                                PC1 ......................................................................................                  10                1.06            1.10                 10   PC2



                                                                                                                                             BOX Book Instrument B

                                                                                      Account                                                   Quantity                Buy            Sell             Quantity            Account

                                                BD1 ......................................................................................              100                   2.00            2.10               100    BD2




                                                  Result: Complex QOO Order is                                             having 50 A+B execute against the                         Example #9—Complex QOO Order
                                                rejected because the book sweep size is                                    resting Complex Orders on the Complex                     Executing Against BOX Book Interest
                                                not adequate to satisfy the resting A+B                                    Order Book at 3.10. The remaining 50
                                                                                                                                                                                        The following example is designed to
                                                Complex Orders on the Complex Order                                        A+B would execute against the contra-
                                                                                                                                                                                     illustrate the situation where the
                                                Book at 3.10 (50). If, however, the book                                   side order at 3.07.
                                                                                                                                                                                     Complex QOO Order executes against
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                sweep size was for at least 50 A+B, the
                                                                                                                                                                                     Implied Orders 162 and resting Complex
                                                Complex QOO Order would execute by                                                                                                   Orders on the Complex Order Book.
                                                  160 The NBBO for Complex Orders is based on the
                                                                                                                           offer on the BOX Book for the individual option’s         provided each component leg is at a price equal to
                                                NBBO for the individual options components of                              components of the Complex Order.                          NBBO for that series. See Rule 7240(d)(1).
                                                such Complex Order.                                                          162 An ‘‘Implied Order’’ is a Complex Order at the
                                                  161 The BOX BBO for Complex Orders is the best
                                                                                                                           cNBBO, derived from the orders at the BBO on the
                                                net bid and offer price based on the best bid and                          BOX Book for each component leg of a Strategy,



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014         21:15 May 22, 2017          Jkt 241001      PO 00000        Frm 00151     Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM   23MYN1


                                                23672                                      Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                • Complex QOO Order for 100 of A+B                                         • NBBO for Complex Order A+B is
                                                  at 3.04 (initiating side is sell)                                          3.06–3.20
                                                • Book sweep size = 100

                                                                                                                                   BOX Book for Complex Order A+B

                                                                                      Account                                                   Quantity                Buy            Sell            Quantity          Account

                                                MM1 .....................................................................................                   60                3.06



                                                                                                                                             BOX Book Instrument A

                                                                                      Account                                                   Quantity                Buy            Sell            Quantity          Account

                                                PC1 ......................................................................................                  10                1.06            1.10                10   PC2
                                                MM2 .....................................................................................                   90                1.05


                                                                                                                                             BOX Book Instrument B

                                                                                      Account                                                   Quantity                Buy            Sell            Quantity          Account

                                                BD1 ......................................................................................              100                   2.00            2.10            100      BD2




                                                  Result: Complex QOO Order is                                             and leg B at 2.00), 60 A+B will execute                   Complex QOO Order that executes
                                                accepted because the Floor Broker is                                       at 3.06 against resting A+B Complex                       against BOX Book interest first but
                                                willing to relinquish the full quantity of                                 Order and 30 A+B against an Implied                       leaves interest on the BOX Book.
                                                the initiating side to bids and offers on                                  Order at 3.05 (leg A at 1.05 and leg B
                                                                                                                           at 2.00).                                                 • Complex QOO Order for 100 of A+B
                                                the BOX Book. The initiating side will
                                                                                                                                                                                       at 3.04 (initiating side is sell)
                                                execute against resting orders of the                                      Example #10—Complex QOO Order
                                                individual legs and resting A+B                                                                                                      • Book sweep size = 100
                                                                                                                           Executing Against BOX Book Interest
                                                Complex Orders. Specifically, 10 A+B of                                    with Remaining Interest                                   • NBBO for Complex Order A+B is
                                                the initiating side will execute against                                     The following example illustrates                         3.06–3.20
                                                an Implied Order at 3.06 (leg A at 1.06                                    how the Exchange will handle a

                                                                                                                                   BOX Book for Complex Order A+B

                                                                                      Account                                                   Quantity                Buy            Sell            Quantity          Account




                                                                                                                                             BOX Book Instrument A
                                                                                      Account                                                   Quantity                Buy            Sell            Quantity          Account

                                                PC1 ......................................................................................                  10                1.06            1.10                10   PC2



                                                                                                                                             BOX Book Instrument B

                                                                                      Account                                                   Quantity                Buy            Sell            Quantity          Account

                                                PC3 ......................................................................................                  20                2.00            2.10            100      BD2




                                                  Result: Complex QOO Order is                                             unexecuted interest on the BOX Book                       Public Customer Orders on the BOX
                                                accepted. The initiating side will                                         remains after the execution of the                        Book that have priority at the execution
                                                execute against resting orders of the                                      Complex QOO Order.                                        price of the QOO Order will be filled in
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                individual legs and then against the                                                                                                 the order they are ranked. The following
                                                                                                                           Example #11—Multiple Public
                                                contra-side. Specifically, 10 A+B of the                                                                                             example illustrates this situation.
                                                                                                                           Customer and non-Public Customer
                                                initiating side will execute against an                                    Orders on the BOX Book                                    • NBBO 3.10—3.13
                                                Implied Order at 3.06 (leg A at 1.06 and                                                                                             • QOO Order for 100 at 3.10 (initiating
                                                leg B at 2.00), and 90 will execute                                         Under Proposed Rule 7600(d),                               side is sell)
                                                against the contra-side at 3.04. The                                       multiple Public Customer and non-                         • Surrender quantity = 100




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014         21:15 May 22, 2017          Jkt 241001      PO 00000        Frm 00152     Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM   23MYN1


                                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                                                  23673

                                                                                                                                                 BOX Book

                                                                                    Account 163                                                Quantity               Buy               Sell             Quantity            Account

                                                MM1 .....................................................................................                 50                3.10               3.15                 10   MM2
                                                PC1 ......................................................................................                20                3.10
                                                BD1 ......................................................................................                50                3.10
                                                PC2 ......................................................................................                20                3.10



                                                   Result: QOO Order is accepted                                           Additional Requirements                                   Exchange is proposing that if a Floor
                                                because the price of the QOO Order                                            The Exchange is proposing additional                   Broker is crossing a Public Customer
                                                ($3.10) is better than or equal to the                                     requirements for Floor Participants                       Order with an order that is not a Public
                                                NBBO on both the initiating side ($3.13)                                   while present on the Trading Floor.166                    Customer Order, when providing an
                                                and the contra-side ($3.10). The                                           First, BOX is proposing that a Floor                      opportunity for the trading crowd to
                                                initiating side will trade 50 contracts                                    Broker must disclose all securities that                  participate in the transaction, the Floor
                                                against MM1 at $3.10, then 20 against                                      are components of the Public Customer                     Broker shall disclose the Public
                                                PC1 at $3.10, and then 30 against BD1                                      Order before requesting bids and offers                   Customer Order that is subject to
                                                at $3.10. The remaining quantity of BD1                                    for the execution of all components of                    crossing.
                                                (20 contracts) and PC2’s order for 20                                      the order. Next, the Exchange is                          Tied Hedge
                                                contracts will remain on the BOX Book.                                     proposing rules pertaining to treatment
                                                                                                                                                                                        BOX is proposing the adoption of
                                                                                                                           of quotes provided by Floor
                                                Guarantee                                                                                                                            rules that will allow for tied hedge
                                                                                                                           Participants. Specifically, a quote
                                                                                                                                                                                     transactions. Tied hedge transactions
                                                   The Exchange is proposing to allow                                      provided by a Floor Participant will
                                                                                                                                                                                     are transactions that involve an option
                                                for a participation guarantee for certain                                  remain in effect until: (1) A reasonable
                                                                                                                                                                                     transaction and a hedging transaction
                                                orders executed by Floor Brokers.164                                       amount of time has passed; or (2) there
                                                                                                                                                                                     occurring on a non-option market, as
                                                Specifically, when a Floor Broker holds                                    is a significant change in the price of the
                                                                                                                                                                                     described in greater detail below.169
                                                an order of the eligible order size or                                     underlying security; 167 or (3) the market
                                                                                                                                                                                     Specifically, the Exchange is proposing
                                                greater, the Floor Broker is entitled to                                   given in response to the request has
                                                                                                                                                                                     that nothing prohibits a Floor Broker
                                                cross a certain percentage of the order                                    been improved.168 BOX is proposing
                                                                                                                                                                                     from buying or selling a stock, security
                                                with other orders that the Floor Broker                                    that the Floor Participant who
                                                                                                                                                                                     futures, or futures position following
                                                is holding. The Exchange may                                               established the market will, at the given
                                                                                                                                                                                     receipt of an option order, including a
                                                determine, on an option by option basis,                                   price, have priority over all other orders
                                                                                                                                                                                     Complex Order, provided that prior to
                                                the eligible size for an order on the                                      that were not announced in the trading
                                                                                                                                                                                     announcing such order to the trading
                                                Trading Floor to be subject to this                                        crowd at the time that the market was
                                                                                                                                                                                     crowd certain conditions are met. The
                                                guarantee; however, the eligible order                                     established (but not over Public
                                                                                                                                                                                     option order must be in a class
                                                                                                                           Customer orders on the BOX Book or
                                                size may not be less than 500                                                                                                        designated as eligible for tied hedge
                                                                                                                           any non-Public Customer orders that
                                                contracts.165 In determining whether an                                                                                              transactions as determined by the
                                                                                                                           have priority over such Public Customer
                                                order satisfies the eligible order size                                                                                              Exchange and is within the designated
                                                                                                                           orders on the BOX Book) and will
                                                requirement, any multi-part or Complex                                                                                               tied hedge eligibility size parameters,
                                                                                                                           maintain priority over such orders
                                                Order must contain one leg alone which                                                                                               which parameters shall be determined
                                                                                                                           except for orders that improve upon the
                                                is for the eligible order size or greater.                                                                                           by the Exchange and may not be smaller
                                                                                                                           market. Additionally, when a Floor
                                                The percentage of the order which a                                                                                                  than 500 contracts per order.
                                                                                                                           Broker announces an order to the
                                                Floor Broker is entitled to cross, after all                                                                                         Additionally, there shall be no
                                                                                                                           trading crowd pursuant to Rule
                                                equal or better priced Public Customer                                                                                               aggregation of multiple orders to satisfy
                                                                                                                           7580(e)(2), it shall be the responsibility
                                                bids or offers on the BOX Book and any                                                                                               the size parameter, and for Complex
                                                                                                                           of the Floor Participant who established
                                                non-Public Customer bids or offers that                                                                                              Orders involved in a tied hedge
                                                                                                                           the market to alert the Floor Broker of
                                                are ranked ahead of such Public                                                                                                      transaction at least one leg must meet
                                                                                                                           the fact that the Floor Participant has
                                                Customer bids or offers are filled, is                                                                                               the minimum size requirement. The
                                                                                                                           priority.
                                                40% of the remaining contracts in the                                         The Exchange is proposing that Floor                   Floor Broker must create an electronic
                                                order. However, nothing in this                                            Participants may not prevent a Complex                    record that it is engaged in a tied hedge
                                                proposed Rule is intended to prohibit a                                    Order from being completed by giving a                    transaction in a form and manner
                                                Floor Broker from trading more than his                                    competing bid or offer for one                            prescribed by the Exchange. The
                                                percentage entitlement if the other                                        component of such order. Lastly, the                      hedging position is comprised of a
                                                Participants of the trading crowd do not                                                                                             position designated as eligible for a tied
                                                choose to trade the remaining portion of                                      166 See proposed IM–7600–1. Proposed IM–7600–          hedge transaction as determined by the
                                                the order.                                                                 1 is based on PHLX Rule 1064.02. The Exchange             Exchange and may include the same
                                                                                                                           notes that there are certain differences from the         underlying stock applicable to the
                                                                                                                           PHLX rule in order to account for the fact that BOX
                                                   163 This is the time sequence that the orders were
                                                                                                                           will not have specialists on the Trading Floor.
                                                                                                                                                                                     option order, a security future overlying
                                                received by BOX (i.e., MM1 was received first).                            Additionally, the Exchange is proposing additional        the same stock applicable to the option
                                                   164 See proposed Rule 7600(f). Proposed Rule
                                                                                                                           language to clarify it is the responsibility of the       order or, in reference to an index or
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                7600(f) is based on PHLX Rule 1064.02. The                                 Floor Participant who established the market to           Exchange-Traded Fund Shares (‘‘ETF’’),
                                                Exchange notes that there are certain differences                          alert the executing Floor Broker of such
                                                from the PHLX rule due to the fact that the                                information.                                              a related instrument.170 Additionally,
                                                Exchange will not have specialists on the Trading                             167 In the case of a dispute, the term ‘‘significant
                                                Floor and the Exchange has different rules than                            change’’ will be interpreted on a case-by-case basis         169 See proposed IM–7600–2. Proposed IM–7600–

                                                PHLX when it comes to orders on the Trading Floor                          by an Options Exchange Official based upon the            2 is based on NYSE Arca Rule 6.47.01.
                                                executing against interest on the electronic book.                         extent of recent trading in the option and in the            170 A ‘‘related instrument’’ means, in reference to
                                                   165 Any changes to the eligible order size shall be                     underlying security, and any other relevant factors.      an index option, securities comprising ten percent
                                                communicated to Participants via circular.                                    168 See proposed IM–7600–1(b).                                                                      Continued




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014         21:15 May 22, 2017          Jkt 241001      PO 00000        Frm 00153   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM      23MYN1


                                                23674                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                the hedging position must be brought                    respect to which it or an associated                  binding as if made by the Floor Market
                                                without undue delay to the trading                      person thereof exercises investment                   Maker employer.
                                                crowd and announced concurrently                        discretion by relying on an exemption                 Disputes on the Trading Floor
                                                with the option order; offered to the                   under Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the
                                                trading crowd in its entirety; and                      Exchange Act.                                            The Exchange is proposing to adopt
                                                offered, at the execution price received                                                                      Rule 7640 to codify the process for the
                                                by the Floor Broker introducing the                     Clerks                                                resolution of trading disputes on the
                                                option, to any in-crowd Floor                                                                                 Trading Floor.175 Specifically, disputes
                                                                                                           The Exchange is proposing to adopt                 occurring on and relating to the Trading
                                                Participant who has established parity
                                                                                                        Rule 7630 Clerks, which provides                      Floor, if not settled by agreement
                                                or priority for the related options. The
                                                                                                        requirements for Clerks on the Trading                between the Floor Participants
                                                hedging position must not exceed the
                                                                                                        Floor.173 The proposal defines ‘‘Clerk’’              interested, shall be settled by an
                                                option order on a delta basis to be
                                                eligible for treatment as a tied hedge                  as any registered on-floor person                     Options Exchange Official.
                                                order.                                                  employed by or associated with a Floor                   The Exchange is proposing that an
                                                   The Exchange is further proposing                    Broker or Floor Market Maker and who                  Options Exchange Official shall institute
                                                that all tied hedge transactions                        is not eligible to effect transactions on             the course of action deemed to be most
                                                (regardless of whether the option order                 the Trading Floor as a Floor Market                   fair to all parties under the
                                                is a simple or Complex Order) are                       Maker or Floor Broker. The proposed                   circumstances at the time when issuing
                                                treated the same as Complex Orders for                  Rule codifies that Clerks must display                decisions for the resolution of trading
                                                purposes of the Exchange’s open outcry                  the badge(s) supplied by the Exchange                 disputes. An Options Official may direct
                                                allocation and reporting procedures.                    while on the Trading Floor. Further,                  the execution of an order or adjust the
                                                Tied hedge transactions are subject to                  Proposed Rule 7630(c) codifies that a                 transaction terms or Participants to an
                                                the existing NBBO trade-through                         Clerk shall be primarily located at a                 executed order, and may also nullify a
                                                requirements for options and stock, as                  workstation assigned to his employer or               transaction if the transaction is
                                                applicable, and may qualify for various                 assigned to his employer’s clearing firm              determined to have been in violation of
                                                exceptions; however, when the option                    unless such Clerk is (1) entering or                  Exchange Rules. Options transactions
                                                order is a simple order, the execution of               leaving the Trading Floor, (2)                        that are the result of an Obvious Error
                                                the option leg of a tied hedge                          transmitting, correcting or checking the              or Catastrophic Error shall be subject to
                                                transaction does not qualify for the                    status of an order or reporting or                    the provisions and procedures set forth
                                                NBBO trade-through exception for a                      correcting an executed trade or (3)                   in Rule 7170. The proposed Rule also
                                                Complex Trade (defined in proposed                      supervising other Clerks if he is                     states that all rulings rendered by an
                                                Rule 7610(e)). Floor Participants that                  identified as a supervisor on the                     Options Exchange Official are effective
                                                participate in the option transaction                   registration form submitted to the                    immediately and must be complied with
                                                must also participate in the hedging                    Exchange’s Membership Department.                     promptly; failure to do so may result in
                                                position and may not prevent the option                                                                       an additional violation.
                                                                                                           The Exchange is also proposing Rule                   Proposed Rule 7640(e) states that all
                                                transaction from occurring by giving a                  7630(d), which details the registration
                                                competing bid or offer for one                                                                                Options Exchange Official rulings are
                                                                                                        requirements for a Floor Broker who                   reviewable by the CRO or his or her
                                                component of such order. In the event                   employs a Clerk that performs any
                                                the conditions in the non-options                                                                             designee, and sets forth the process for
                                                                                                        function other than a solely clerical or              such review. Regulatory staff must be
                                                market prevent the execution of the                     ministerial function. On the Trading
                                                non-option leg(s) at the agreed prices,                                                                       advised within 15 minutes of an
                                                                                                        Floor, a Clerk may enter an order under               Options Exchange Official’s ruling that
                                                the trade representing the options leg(s)               the direction of a Floor Broker by way                a party to such ruling has determined to
                                                may be cancelled. BOX is proposing that
                                                                                                        of any order handling entry device.174                appeal from such ruling to the CRO or
                                                prior to entering tied hedge orders on
                                                                                                        Proposed Rule 7630(f) defines a Floor                 his or her designee. The Exchange may
                                                behalf of Public Customers, the Floor
                                                                                                        Market Maker Clerk as any on-floor                    establish the procedures for the
                                                Broker must deliver to the Public
                                                                                                        Clerk employed by or associated with a                submission of a request for a review of
                                                Customer a written notification
                                                                                                        Floor Market Maker, and details the                   an Options Exchange Official ruling.
                                                informing the Public Customer that his
                                                                                                        registration requirements and conduct                 Options Exchange Official rulings
                                                order may be executed using the
                                                                                                        on the Trading Floor for Floor Market                 (including those concerning the
                                                Exchange’s tied hedge procedures. The
                                                                                                        Maker Clerks. A Floor Market Maker                    nullification or adjustment of
                                                proposed Rule dealing with tied hedge
                                                                                                        Clerk is permitted to communicate                     transactions) may be sustained,
                                                orders is based on the rules of another
                                                                                                        verbal market information (i.e., bid,                 overturned, or modified by the CRO or
                                                options exchange.171
                                                   The Exchange is also proposing                       offer, and size) in response to requests              his or her designee. In making a
                                                language related to Section 11(a)(1)(G)                 for such information, provided that such              determination, the CRO or his or her
                                                of the Exchange Act.172 Specifically, a                 information is communicated under the                 designee may consider facts and
                                                BOX Participant shall not utilize the                   direct supervision of his or her Floor                circumstances not available to the ruling
                                                Trading Floor to effect any transaction                 Market Maker employer. A Floor Market                 Options Exchange Official, as well as
                                                for its own account, the account of an                  Maker Clerk may consummate                            action taken by the parties in reliance
                                                associated person, or an account with                   electronic transactions under the                     on the Options Exchange Official’s
                                                                                                        express direction of his or her Floor                 ruling (e.g., cover, hedge, and related
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                or more of the component securities in the index        Market Maker employer by matching                     trading activity). Further, all decisions
                                                or a futures contract on any economically               bids and offers. Such bids and offers                 made by the CRO or his or her designee
                                                equivalent index applicable to the option order. A      and transactions effected under the
                                                ‘‘related instrument’’ means, in reference to an ETF                                                            175 Proposed Rule 7640 is based on PHLX Rule
                                                option, a futures contract on any economically
                                                                                                        supervision of a Floor Market Maker are
                                                                                                                                                              124. The Exchange notes that there are certain
                                                equivalent index applicable to the ETF underlying                                                             differences from the PHLX rule because the
                                                the option order.                                         173 Proposed Rule 7630 is based on PHLX Rule
                                                                                                                                                              Exchange desires to have consistency with its
                                                   171 See NYSE Arca Rule 6.47.01.                      1090.                                                 existing rules related to reviewing an Exchange
                                                   172 See proposed IM–7600–5.                            174 See proposed Rule 7630(e).                      ruling.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00154   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM   23MYN1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                                    23675

                                                in connection with initial rulings on                   bona fide domestic or foreign arbitrage               just and equitable principles of trade, or
                                                requests for relief and with the review                 transactions.                                         (3) interferes with the obligations of a
                                                of an Options Exchange Official ruling                                                                        Floor Participant to fulfill its duties
                                                                                                        Communications and Equipment
                                                pursuant to this proposed Rule 7640(e)                                                                        under, or is used to facilitate any
                                                shall be documented in writing and                         The Exchange is proposing Rule 7660                violation of, the Act or rules thereunder,
                                                maintained by the Exchange in                           Communications and Equipment, which                   or Exchange rules. The Exchange notes
                                                accordance with the record keeping                      deals with communication and                          that proposed IM–7660–3 is based on
                                                requirements set forth in the Securities                equipment on the Trading Floor.                       the rules of another exchange.181
                                                Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and                   Specifically, the proposed Rule details
                                                                                                        which communication devices are                       Floor Market Makers
                                                the rules thereunder. A Floor
                                                                                                        prohibited; provides the Exchange with                  The Exchange is proposing Rule 8500
                                                Participant seeking review of an Options
                                                                                                        the ability to remove any                             Floor Market Maker, which details the
                                                Exchange Official ruling shall be
                                                                                                        communication device that is in                       rules surrounding Floor Market Makers,
                                                assessed a fee of $250.00 for each
                                                                                                        violation; sets forth the registration                including registration as a Market Maker
                                                Options Exchange Official ruling to be                  requirement and process; specifies the                and suspension and termination of a
                                                reviewed that is sustained and not                      capacity and functionality of                         Floor Market Maker.182 Specifically,
                                                overturned or modified by the CRO or                    communication devices; outlines the                   with regard to suspension or
                                                his or her designee.176 All decisions of                communication devices allowed to                      termination, the registration of any
                                                the CRO or his or her designee shall be                 Floor Market Makers, Floor Brokers, and               Options Participant as a Floor Market
                                                final and may not be appealed to the                    Clerks; requires the maintenance of                   Maker may be suspended or terminated
                                                Exchange’s Board of Directors.                          telephone records, and excludes the                   by the Exchange upon a determination
                                                Additionally, all decisions of the CRO                  Exchange from liability due to conflicts              that such Options Participant has failed
                                                or his or her designee are effective                    between communication devices or due                  to properly perform as a Floor Market
                                                immediately and must be complied with                   to electronic interference. Additionally,             Maker.183
                                                promptly. Failure to promptly comply                    the Exchange will establish a                           The Exchange proposes that a Floor
                                                with a decision of the Exchange may                     communication device policy and                       Market Maker shall not effect on the
                                                result in an additional violation.                      violations of such policy may result in               Exchange purchases or sales of any
                                                   Lastly, as discussed in proposed IM–                 disciplinary action by the Exchange.179               option in which such Floor Market
                                                7640–1, the Exchange may determine                      Proposed IM–7660–2 clarifies that                     Maker is registered, for any account in
                                                that an Options Exchange Official is                    proposed Rule 7660 and any relevant                   which he or his Options Participant is
                                                ineligible to participate in a particular               Exchange policy are intended to apply                 directly or indirectly interested, unless
                                                ruling where it appears that such                       to all communication and other                        such dealings are reasonably necessary
                                                Options Exchange Official has a conflict                electronic devices on the Floor of the                to permit such Floor Market Maker to
                                                of interest. The Exchange also sets forth               Exchange, including, but not limited to,              maintain a fair and orderly market.184
                                                when a conflict of interest exists, and                 wireless, wired, tethered, voice, and                   Also, the Exchange proposes certain
                                                allows that Exchange staff may consider                 data. The Exchange notes that the                     expectations of Floor Market Makers.
                                                other circumstances, on a case-by-case                  proposed rules applicable to                          Specifically, proposed Rule 8500(d)
                                                                                                        communication and equipment on the                    details that it is ordinarily expected that
                                                basis, in determining the eligibility or
                                                                                                        Trading Floor are based on the rules of               a Floor Market Maker will engage, to a
                                                ineligibility of a particular Options
                                                                                                        another exchange.180 Lastly, Proposed                 reasonable degree under the existing
                                                Exchange Official to participate in a
                                                                                                        IM–7660–3 provides the Exchange with                  circumstances, in dealings for his own
                                                particular ruling due to a conflict of
                                                                                                        the ability to limit or revoke the use of             account in options when lack of price
                                                interest.177
                                                                                                        any communication device on the                       continuity or lack of depth in the
                                                Trading for Joint Account                               Trading Floor whenever the Exchange                   options market or temporary disparity
                                                                                                        determines that use of such                           between supply and demand in the
                                                  The Exchange is proposing Rule 7650,                  communication device: (1) Interferes                  options market exists or is reasonably to
                                                which will govern Trading for Joint                     with the normal operation of the                      be anticipated. The Exchange is
                                                Accounts.178 Specifically, it stipulates                Exchange’s own systems or facilities or               proposing that transactions effected on
                                                that while on the Trading Floor, no                     with the Exchange’s regulatory duties,                the Exchange by a Floor Market Maker
                                                Options Participant shall initiate the                  (2) is inconsistent with the public                   for his own account, and in the options
                                                purchase or sale on the Exchange of any                 interest, the protection of investors or              in which he is registered, are to
                                                security for any account in which he,                                                                         constitute a course of dealings
                                                his Options Participant organization or                   179 See  proposed IM–7660–1.                        reasonably calculated to contribute to
                                                a participant therein, is directly or                     180 See  PHLX Rule 606. The Exchange notes that
                                                indirectly interested with any person                   it is not copying PHLX Rule 606(b)(2)(i), which         181 See CBOE Rule 6.23(b). The Exchange notes
                                                                                                        prohibits any member from establishing                that although other provisions of proposed Rule
                                                other than such Options Participant or                  communication devices on the floor. The Exchange
                                                                                                                                                              7660 are based on PHLX, PHLX does not allow
                                                participant therein. The Exchange                       believes that this provision is not necessary and
                                                                                                                                                              Floor Brokers to receive orders while in the trading
                                                further clarifies that these provisions                 would be contrary to the Exchange’s proposed
                                                                                                                                                              crowd; therefore, the Exchange is proposing to
                                                                                                        Trading Floor design. Specifically, the Exchange
                                                shall not apply to any purchase or sale                 will not be providing communication devices for
                                                                                                                                                              follow CBOE, which allows Floor Brokers to receive
                                                by any Options Participant for any joint                                                                      orders in the trading crowd.
                                                                                                        Floor Participants; Floor Participants will be          182 See proposed Rules 8500 (a) and (b). Proposed
                                                account maintained solely for effecting                 responsible for providing their own communication
                                                                                                        devices. Therefore, the inclusion of this provision   Rules 8500 (a) and (b) are based on PHLX Rule
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                        would directly conflict with the Exchange’s plan.     1020. There are certain differences with PHLX’s
                                                  176 In addition, in instances where the Exchange,                                                           rule due to the fact that PHLX has additional
                                                                                                        Additionally, proposed Rule 7660(g) contains a
                                                on behalf of an Options Participant, requests a         provision not included in PHLX’s rule that requires   categories of Participants that the Exchange does
                                                review by another options exchange, the Exchange        wireless telephone and other communication            not.
                                                will pass any resulting charges through to the          devices on the Options Floor to comply with             183 The 13000 Series of the Exchange’s Rules
                                                relevant Options Participant.                           applicable floor policies. The Exchange believes      provide procedures, including appealing, for
                                                  177 See proposed IM–7640–1.                                                                                 Participants aggrieved by Exchange action,
                                                                                                        this provision is important as to make clear the
                                                  178 Proposed Rule 7650 is based on PHLX Rule          restrictions and requirements applicable to           including suspension and termination.
                                                772.                                                    communication devices on the Trading Floor.             184 See proposed Rule 8500(c).




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00155   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM   23MYN1


                                                23676                          Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                the maintenance of price continuity                     Makers in classes of option contracts to                Quotations provided in open outcry
                                                with reasonable depth, and to the                       which they are assigned. Specifically,                  may not be made with $5 bid/ask
                                                minimizing of the effects of temporary                  whenever a Floor Market Maker is                        differentials provided in Rule 8040(a)(7)
                                                disparity between supply and demand,                    called upon by an Options Exchange                      and instead must comply with the legal
                                                immediate or reasonably to be                           Official or a Floor Broker to make a                    bid/ask differential requirements
                                                anticipated. Transactions in such                       market, the Floor Market Maker is                       described in this subparagraph. These
                                                options not part of such a course of                    expected to engage, to a reasonable                     proposed obligations for Floor Market
                                                dealings are not to be effected by a Floor              degree under the existing                               Maker are based on the rules of another
                                                Market Maker for his own account.185                    circumstances, in dealing for his own                   exchange.195
                                                   The Exchange is proposing Rule 8510                  account when there exists, or it is                       The Exchange is also proposing
                                                which will govern the obligations and                   reasonably anticipated that there will                  restrictions for Floor Market Makers in
                                                restrictions applicable to Floor Market                 exist, a lack of price continuity, a                    classes of option contracts other than
                                                Makers.186 Generally, transactions of a                 temporary disparity between the supply                  those to which they are appointed.
                                                Floor Market Maker should constitute a                  of and demand for a particular option                   Specifically, with respect to classes in
                                                course of dealings reasonably calculated                contract, or a temporary distortion of the              which Floor Marker Makers are not
                                                to contribute to the maintenance of a                   price relationships between option                      appointed, Floor Market Makers should
                                                fair and orderly market, and those                      contracts of the same class.191                         not (1) individually or as a group,
                                                Participants should not enter into                      Additionally, the Exchange proposes the                 intentionally or unintentionally,
                                                transactions or make bids or offers that                following obligations on Floor Market                   dominate the market in option contracts
                                                are inconsistent with such a course of                  Makers while performing their market                    of a particular class; or (2) effect
                                                dealings.187 Additionally, the Exchange                                                                         purchases or sales on the Trading Floor
                                                                                                        making activities on the Trading Floor:
                                                is proposing to define a Floor Market                                                                           of the Exchange except in a reasonable
                                                                                                        (1) Quote Spread Parameters (Bid/Ask
                                                Maker as an Options Participant on the                                                                          and orderly manner; (3) be conspicuous
                                                                                                        Differentials) 192 and (2) Maximum
                                                Exchange located on the Trading Floor                                                                           in the general market or in the market
                                                                                                        Option Price Change.193 Specifically,
                                                who has received permission from the                                                                            in a particular option.196 Further, the
                                                                                                        Floor Market Makers shall provide a
                                                Exchange to trade in options for his own                                                                        Exchange proposes additional
                                                                                                        bid/ask differential on the Trading Floor
                                                account.188                                                                                                     restrictions on Floor Market Makers.197
                                                   The Exchange is proposing a                          for options on equities and index
                                                                                                                                                                Specifically, except as otherwise
                                                Continuous Open Outcry Quoting                          options by bidding and/or offering so as
                                                                                                                                                                provided, no Floor Market Maker shall
                                                Obligation for Floor Market Makers.189                  to create differences of no more than                   (1) initiate a transaction while on the
                                                The Continuous Open Outcry Quoting                      $0.25 between the bid and the offer for                 Trading Floor for any account in which
                                                Obligation requires Floor Market Makers                 each option contract for which the                      he has an interest and execute as Floor
                                                to provide a two-sided market on the                    prevailing bid is less than $2; no more                 Broker an off-floor order in options on
                                                Trading Floor complying with the quote                  than $0.40 where the prevailing bid is                  the same underlying interest during the
                                                spread parameter requirements                           $2 or more but less than $5; no more                    same trading session, or (2) retain
                                                contained in proposed Rule                              than $0.50 where the prevailing bid is                  priority over an off-floor order while
                                                8510(d)(1).190 As part of the Continuous                $5 or more but less than $10; no more                   establishing or increasing a position for
                                                Open Outcry Quoting Obligation, such                    than $0.80 where the prevailing bid is                  an account in which he has an interest
                                                Floor Market Makers shall provide such                  $10 or more but less than $20; and no                   while on the Trading Floor of the
                                                quotations with a size of not less than                 more than $1 where the prevailing bid                   Exchange.198
                                                10 contracts.                                           is $20 or more, provided that, in the                     Proposed Rule 8510(h) discusses
                                                   The Exchange also proposes                           case of equity options, the bid/ask                     option priority and parity on the
                                                affirmative obligations for Floor Market                differentials stated above shall not apply              Trading Floor.199 Specifically, it
                                                                                                        to in-the-money series where the market                 references proposed Rule 7610, which
                                                  185 See  proposed Rule 8500(d).                       for the underlying security is wider than
                                                  186 Proposed  Rule 8510 is based on PHLX Rule         the differentials set forth above. For                  for the same on their floor. See PHLX Rule
                                                1014. PHLX Rule 1014 includes numerous sections         such series, the bid/ask differentials                  1014(c)(i)(A)(1)(a).
                                                that the Exchange is not including in proposed Rule     may be as wide as the quotation for the                    195 See PHLX Rule 1014(c)(i)(A). The Exchange is

                                                8510. The majority of the sections that the Exchange                                                            not including all of the PHLX rules related to Floor
                                                is omitting are not relevant to BOX. Specifically,
                                                                                                        underlying security on the primary                      Market Maker quoting obligations. Specifically, the
                                                they involve rules related to Participant categories    market, or its decimal equivalent                       Exchange is not including PHLX rules applicable to
                                                that the Exchange does not and will not have on         rounded up to the nearest minimum                       foreign currency options because BOX does not list
                                                BOX. These include Streaming Quote Trader, which        increment. The Exchange may establish                   for trading foreign currency options.
                                                is a Registered Option Trader who has received                                                                     196 See proposed Rule 8510(e).
                                                permission from PHLX to submit electronic quotes
                                                                                                        differences other than the above for one                   197 See proposed Rule 8510(f).
                                                only while they are present on the floor, and           or more series or classes of options.194                   198 This provision shall not apply to (1) any
                                                specialists. Additionally, the Exchange is not                                                                  transaction by a registered Floor Market Maker in
                                                copying PHLX Rule 1014.06, which covers                   191 See proposed Rule 8510(d).                        an option in which he is so registered; or (2) any
                                                information barriers, because the Exchange already        192 See proposed Rule 8510(d)(1).                     transaction, other than a transaction for an account
                                                has rules covering misuse of material information.        193 On the Trading Floor, a Floor Market Maker        in which a Floor Market Maker has an interest,
                                                See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 75916           shall not be bidding more than $1 lower and/or          made with the prior approval of an Options
                                                (September 14, 2015), 80 FR 56503 (September 18,        offering no more than $1 higher than the last           Exchange Official to permit a member to contribute
                                                2015) (SR–BOX–2015–31). The Exchange is not             preceding transaction price for the particular option   to the maintenance of a fair and orderly market in
                                                copying PHLX Rules 1014.13 and 1014.14 because          contract. However, this standard shall not              an option, or any purchase or sale to reverse any
                                                the PHLX Rules deal with types of activities and        ordinarily apply if the price per share of the          such transaction; or (3) any transaction to offset a
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                members that will not be present on BOX’s Trading       underlying stock or Exchange-Traded Fund Share          transaction made in error. See proposed Rule
                                                Floor. As previously mentioned, PHLX Rule               has changed by more than $1 since the last              8510(g).
                                                1014.13 requires an in person minimum that the          preceding transaction for the particular option            199 Proposed Rule 8510(h) is based on PHLX Rule
                                                Exchange does not believe is necessary on the           contract. See proposed Rule 8510(d)(2).                 1014(g)(i)(A). The Exchange is not including the
                                                Trading Floor.                                            194 The Exchange notes that the ability to provide
                                                   187 See proposed Rule 8510(a).
                                                                                                                                                                provision discussing orders of controlled accounts
                                                                                                        different quoting requirements is not novel and the     because the provision is not applicable to the
                                                   188 See proposed Rule 8510(b).
                                                                                                        Exchange already has this ability when it comes to      Exchange’s Trading Floor. Specifically, the
                                                   189 See proposed Rule 8510(c).
                                                                                                        electronic quoting requirements. See Rule               Exchange’s Trading Floor does not require a
                                                   190 See proposed Rule 8510(c)(2).                    8040(a)(7). Additionally, another Exchange allows       distinction for controlled accounts.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00156   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM     23MYN1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                                        23677

                                                directs Floor Participants in the                       shall be deemed to be participating in                partner of or stockholder in such
                                                establishment of priority of orders on                  the crowd if such Floor Market Maker                  Participant; or (3) which results from an
                                                the Trading Floor. The Exchange is                      is, at the time an order is announced in              order entered off the Floor which is
                                                proposing to clarify that in situations                 the crowd, physically located in the                  executed by a Participant on the Floor
                                                where the allocation of contracts result                specific Crowd Area. A Floor Market                   who is a partner of or stockholder in
                                                in fractional amounts of contracts to be                Maker who is physically present in such               such Participant and who had handled
                                                allocated to Floor Participants, the                    Crowd Area may engage in options                      the order on a ‘‘not-held’’ basis; 206 or (4)
                                                number of contracts to be allocated shall               transactions in assigned issues as a                  which results from an order entered off
                                                be rounded in a fair and equitable                      crowd participant, provided that such                 the Floor which is executed by a
                                                manner.                                                 Floor Market Maker fulfills the                       Participant on the Floor who is a partner
                                                   The Exchange is also clarifying that                 requirements set forth in proposed Rule               of or stockholder in such Participant
                                                Floor Participants must follow just and                 8510. The Exchange is proposing to                    and who has changed the terms of the
                                                equitable principles of trade when                      define the term ‘‘on the floor’’ as                   order.
                                                dealing on the Trading Floor.200                        meaning the Trading Floor of the                         The Exchange is proposing that an on-
                                                Specifically, it shall be considered                    Exchange; the rooms, lobbies and other                Floor order given by a Floor Market
                                                conduct inconsistent with just and                      premises immediately adjacent thereto                 Maker to a commission broker, for an
                                                equitable principles of trade for: (a) A                made available by the Exchange for use                account in which the Floor Market
                                                Floor Broker to allocate orders other                   by Floor Participants generally; other                Maker has an interest, is subject to all
                                                than in accordance with the Exchange’s                  rooms, lobbies and premises made                      the rules restricting Floor Market
                                                priority rules applicable to floor trades;              available by the Exchange primarily for               Makers.207
                                                (b) a Floor Participant to enter into any               use by Floor Participants; and the                       The Exchange is proposing that the
                                                agreement with another Floor                            telephone and other facilities in any                 number of Floor Market Makers in the
                                                Participant concerning allocation of                    such place.203 The Exchange is also                   trading crowd who are establishing or
                                                trades; or (c) a Floor Participant to                   proposing that the provisions of this                 increasing a position may temporarily
                                                harass, intimidate or coerce another                    Proposed Rule 8510 do not apply to                    be limited when, in the judgment of an
                                                Floor Participant to make or refrain from               transactions initiated by a Floor Market              Options Exchange Official, the interests
                                                making any complaint or appeal.                         Maker for an account in which he has                  of a fair and orderly market are served
                                                   The Exchange is proposing substantial                an interest unless such transactions are              by such limitation.208 Additionally, the
                                                Interpretive Material to supplement the                 either initiated by a Floor Market Maker              Exchange is proposing that the
                                                Floor Market Maker Rules.201                            while on the Floor or unless such                     Exchange may adopt policies affecting
                                                Specifically, the Exchange is proposing                 transactions, although originated off the             the location of Floor Participants on the
                                                IM–8510–1, which provides that the                      Floor, are deemed on-Floor transactions               Trading Floor in the interest of a fair
                                                obligations of a Floor Market Maker                     under the provisions of these Rules.204               and orderly market.209 Lastly, the
                                                with respect to those classes of options                   Additionally, the Exchange proposes                Exchange is proposing that a Floor
                                                to which he is assigned shall take                      that an off-Floor order for an account in             Market Maker cannot acquire a ‘‘long’’
                                                precedence over his other activities. The               which a Participant has an interest is to             position by pairing off with a sell order
                                                Exchange is proposing IM–8510–2,                        be treated as an on-Floor order if it is              before the opening, unless all off-Floor
                                                which details non-electronic orders and                 executed by the Participant who                       bids at that price are filled.210
                                                states that Floor Market Makers                         initiated it.205 Proposed IM–8510–4 also                 The proposed rules applicable to
                                                participating in a trading crowd may, in                includes additional transactions that                 Floor Market Makers are based
                                                response to a verbal request for a market               will be considered on-Floor                           predominately on the rules of PHLX.
                                                by a Floor Broker, state a bid or offer                 transactions, including any transaction               However, BOX omitted certain PHLX
                                                that is different than their electronically             for an account in which a Floor Market
                                                submitted bid or offer, provided that                   Maker has an interest if such transaction                206 However, the following are not on-Floor

                                                such stated bid or offer is not inferior to                                                                   orders and such restrictions shall not apply to an
                                                                                                        is initiated off the Trading Floor by such            order: (1) To sell an option for an account in which
                                                such electronically submitted bid or                    Floor Market Maker after he has been on               the Participant is directly or indirectly interested if,
                                                offer, except when such stated bid or                   the Trading Floor during the same day.                in facilitating the sale of a large block of stock or
                                                offer is made in response to a Floor                    Additionally, the following will be                   Exchange-Traded Fund Shares, the Participant
                                                Broker’s solicitation of a single bid or                                                                      acquired its position because the demand on the
                                                                                                        treated as on-Floor orders, any                       Floor was not sufficient to absorb the block at a
                                                offer as set forth in proposed Rule                     transactions for a Participant for an                 particular price or prices; or (2) to purchase or sell
                                                7040(d)(2).202 A Floor Market Maker                     account in which it has an interest: (1)              an option for an account in which the Options
                                                                                                        Which results in an order entered off the             Participant is directly or indirectly interested if the
                                                  200 See  proposed Rule 8510(h)(4).                                                                          Options Participant was invited to participate on
                                                                                                        Floor following a conversation relating               the opposite side of a block transaction by another
                                                  201 The  proposed Interpretive Material to            thereto with a Floor Participant on the               Options Participant or a partner or stockholder
                                                supplement the Floor Market Maker Rules is based
                                                mostly on commentary to PHLX Rule 1014. The             Floor who is a partner of or stockholder              therein because the market on the Floor could not
                                                Exchange notes that it is not copying all of the        in such Participant; or (2) which results             readily absorb the block at a particular price or
                                                                                                                                                              prices; or (3) to purchase or sell an option for an
                                                commentary to PHLX Rule 1014 as some of the             from an order entered off the Floor                   account in which the Participant is directly or
                                                commentary is not applicable because it involves        following the unsolicited submission
                                                specialists, who the Exchange does not have, or the                                                           indirectly interested if the transaction is on the
                                                commentary is covered by different proposed rules.      from the Floor to the office of a                     opposite side of a block order being executed by the
                                                   202 Proposed IM–8510–2 is based on PHLX Rule         quotation in a stock or Exchange-Traded               Participant for the account of its customer and the
                                                                                                                                                              transaction is made to facilitate the execution of
                                                1014.05(c). The Exchange is not including all of        Fund Share and the size of the market
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                                                                              such order.
                                                PHLX Rue 1014.05(c). Specifically, the Exchange is      by a Participant on the Floor who is a                   207 See proposed IM–8510–5. Proposed IM–8510–
                                                not including provisions of the PHLX Rule related
                                                to specialist because the Exchange does not have                                                              5 is based on PHLX Rule 1014.09.
                                                                                                           203 See proposed IM–8510–3(a). Proposed IM–           208 See proposed IM–8510–6. Proposed IM–8510–
                                                specialists and is not proposing to have specialists.
                                                The Exchange is also not including PHLX                 8510–3(a) is based on PHLX Rule 1014.07.              6 is based on PHLX Rule 1014.12.
                                                                                                           204 See proposed IM–8510–3(b). Proposed IM–           209 See proposed IM–8510–7. Proposed IM–8510–
                                                provisions related to priority of orders represented
                                                on the floor because the Exchange is copying the        8510–3(b) is based on PHLX Rule 1014.07.              7 is based on PHLX Rule 1014.17.
                                                floor priority provisions from NYSE Arca and they          205 See proposed IM–8510–4. Proposed IM–8510–         210 See proposed IM–8510–9. Proposed IM–8510–

                                                are covered by proposed Rule 7600(c)                    4 is based on PHLX Rule 1014.08.                      9 is based on PHLX Rule 1014.11.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00157   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM   23MYN1


                                                23678                          Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                rules from the proposed rules due to                    acting for a firm account in an                         Exchange.216 Accordingly, because
                                                certain differences with how the                        uncompared Exchange options                             these Floor Participants do not have any
                                                Exchange is designing the Trading                       transaction and not for the account of a                trading advantages at the Exchange due
                                                Floor. The Exchange is not including                    Public Customer, such Floor Participant                 to their market role, the Exchange
                                                any of PHLX’s waiver provisions in the                  need not enter into a new transaction,                  believes that they should be subject to
                                                proposed rules.211 The Exchange does                    in which event money differences will                   the same rules as other Participants
                                                not believe that waiver provisions are                  be based solely on the closing                          regarding the protection against the
                                                necessary because the Exchange is not                   transaction of the other party to the                   misuse of material non-public
                                                having specialists who have entitlement                 uncompared transaction. In the event an                 information, which in this case is BOX
                                                guarantees that they could waive on the                 uncompared transaction involves an                      Rule 3090.
                                                Trading Floor. Additionally, BOX is not                 option contract of a series in which                       The Exchange notes that this
                                                including rules related to foreign                      trading has been terminated or                          principles-based approach to protecting
                                                currency options because the Exchange                   suspended before a new Exchange                         against the misuse of material non-
                                                does not list for trading options on                    options transaction can be effected to                  public information for all its
                                                foreign currencies.                                     establish the amount of any loss, the                   Participants is consistent with the rules
                                                   The Exchange is not including certain                Floor Participant not at fault may claim                of other exchanges with physical trading
                                                PHLX rules related to participation                     damages against the other Floor                         floors.217 Except for prescribed rules
                                                guarantees, allocation and priority.                    Participant involved in the transaction                 relating to floor-based designated
                                                PHLX participant guarantee rules are                    based on the terms of such transaction.                 market makers on the NYSE, who have
                                                designed to provide a guarantee                         All such claims for damages shall be                    access to specified non-public trading
                                                entitlement to specialists on the trading               made promptly.                                          information, each of these exchange
                                                floor. BOX is not proposing to have                                                                             have a principles based approach
                                                specialists on the Trading Floor and                    Fees                                                    protecting against the misuse of material
                                                therefore there is no reason to include                    The Exchange has not yet determined                  non-public information. In connection
                                                these PHLX rules. Additionally, BOX’s                   the fees for transactions originating from              with approving these rule changes, the
                                                proposed allocation and priority rules                  the Trading Floor. Prior to commencing                  Commission found that, with adequate
                                                for orders originating from the Trading                 trading on the Trading Floor, the                       oversight by exchanges of their
                                                Floor are based on the rules of NYSE                    Exchange will file proposed fees with                   members, eliminating prescriptive
                                                Arca 212 and not those of PHLX.                         the Commission.                                         information barrier requirements should
                                                   The Exchange proposes Rule 8530                                                                              not reduce the effectiveness of exchange
                                                which details the resolution of an                      Additional Changes                                      rules requiring members to establish
                                                uncompared trade.213 Specifically,                                                                              and maintain systems to supervise the
                                                                                                          The Exchange is also proposing minor
                                                when a disagreement between Floor                                                                               activities of members, including written
                                                                                                        edits to other sections of the Exchange’s
                                                Participants arising from an                                                                                    procedures reasonably designed to
                                                                                                        Rulebook in order to accommodate the
                                                uncompared Exchange options                                                                                     ensure compliance with applicable
                                                                                                        various changes. Specifically, the
                                                transaction cannot be resolved by                                                                               federal securities laws and regulations,
                                                                                                        Exchange is proposing several new
                                                mutual agreement prior to 10:00 a.m. on
                                                                                                        definitions which results in the
                                                the first business day following the                                                                               216 A principles based approach to protect against
                                                                                                        renumbering of numerous other                           the misuse of material non-public information for
                                                trade date, the parties shall promptly,
                                                                                                        definitions. Therefore, the Exchange is                 all of its registered Options Participants is
                                                but not later than 3:30 p.m. on such day
                                                                                                        amending various references to                          consistent with the rules of other options and
                                                close out the transaction in the                                                                                equities exchanges, except for prescribed rules
                                                                                                        definitions in the Rulebook.214
                                                following manner. The Floor Participant                                                                         relating to floor-based designated market makers on
                                                representing the purchaser in the                         The Exchange notes that BOX Rule                      the NYSE, who have access to specified non-public
                                                uncompared Exchange options                             3090 (Prevention of the Misuse of                       trading information. Further, the Exchange believes
                                                                                                        Material Nonpublic Information) will                    that the principles-based approach is appropriate
                                                transaction shall promptly enter into a                                                                         with regard to BOX’s market structure because it
                                                new Exchange options transaction on                     apply to Floor Participants. Specifically,              provides greater flexibility for how BOX Option
                                                the Floor of the Exchange to purchase                   Floor Brokers and Floor Market Makers                   Participants modify their internal policies and
                                                the option contract that was the subject                will be required to establish, maintain,                procedures in order to reflect their business model,
                                                                                                        and enforce written policies and                        business activities, or to their securities market
                                                of the uncompared Exchange options                                                                              itself. The Exchange also believes that the
                                                transaction. The Floor Participant                      procedures reasonably designed to                       principles-based approach will provide for broader
                                                representing the writer in the                          prevent the misuse of material, non-                    protections rather than a more prescriptive
                                                uncompared Exchange options                             public information by such Participant                  approach which would only protect certain defined
                                                                                                        or persons associated with such                         non-public information.
                                                transaction shall promptly enter into a                                                                            217 See Securities Exchange Act Release No.
                                                new Exchange options transaction on                     Participant.215 The Exchange does not                   75432 (July 13, 2015), 80 FR 42597 (July 17, 2015)
                                                the Floor of the Exchange to sell (write)               believe more prescriptive information                   (Order Approving Adopting a Principles-Based
                                                the option contract that was the subject                barriers are necessary for these                        Approach to Prohibit the Misuse of Material
                                                                                                        Participants, as neither Floor Brokers                  Nonpublic Information by Specialists and e-
                                                of the uncompared Exchange options                                                                              Specialists by Deleting Rule 927.3NY and Section
                                                transaction. Any claims for damages                     nor Floor Market Makers will have                       (f) of Rule 927.5NY). See also Securities Exchange
                                                resulting from such transactions must be                different or greater access to nonpublic                Act Release Nos. 60604 (Sept. 2, 2009), 76 FR 46272
                                                made promptly for the accounts of the                   information when compared to any                        (Sept. 8, 2009) (SR–NYSEArca–2009–78) (Order
                                                                                                        other Options Participant on the                        approving elimination of NYSE Arca rule that
                                                Floor Participants involved and not for                                                                         required market makers to establish and maintain
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                the accounts of their respective                                                                                specifically prescribed information barriers,
                                                                                                          214 See proposed changes to Rules 7130, 7150,
                                                customers. Notwithstanding the                                                                                  including discussion of NYSE Arca and Nasdaq
                                                                                                        and 7245.                                               rules) (‘‘Arca Approval Order’’); and 72534 (July 3,
                                                foregoing, if either Floor Participant is                 215 As is the case today, information barriers of     2014), 79 FR 39440 (July 10, 2014), [sic] SR–NYSE–
                                                                                                        new entrants would be subject to review as part of      2014–12) (Order approving amendments to NYSE
                                                  211 See PHLX Rule 1014(g)(v)(D).                      a new firm application. Moreover, the policies and      Rule 98 governing designated market makers to
                                                  212 See NYSE Arca Rules 6.47(a) and 6.75.             procedures of Market Makers, including those            move to a principles-based approach to prohibit the
                                                  213 Proposed Rule 8530 is based on PHLX Rule          relating to information barriers, would be subject to   misuse of material non-public information) (‘‘NYSE
                                                1039.                                                   review by the Exchange.                                 Approval Order’’).



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00158   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM     23MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                              23679

                                                and with the rules of the applicable                       The Exchange believes that the                      manipulative acts and practices, to
                                                exchange.                                               reliance on Rule 3090 ensures that all                 promote just and equitable principles of
                                                  The Exchange notes that the design of                 BOX Participants are required to protect               trade, to remove impediments to and
                                                the proposed Trading Floor alleviates                   against the misuse of any material non-                perfect the mechanism of a free and
                                                certain concerns related to misuse of                   public information. Rule 3090(b)(2)                    open market and a national market
                                                information on trading floors.                          requires that a firm refrain from trading              system, and, in general to protect
                                                Specifically, the Exchange is not                       while in possession of material non-                   investors and the public interest.
                                                proposing to have a specialist on the                   public information concerning
                                                                                                                                                               General
                                                Trading Floor, and, therefore, there are                imminent transactions in the security or
                                                                                                        a related product. The Exchange                           BOX believes that the proposal is
                                                no concerns raised related to a specialist                                                                     consistent with the Act and furthers the
                                                and an affiliated Market Maker                          believes that this principles based
                                                                                                        approach provides all BOX Participants                 foregoing objectives by increasing the
                                                coordinating their market making or                                                                            opportunities for Participants to execute
                                                otherwise sharing information. Further,                 the flexibility when managing risk
                                                                                                        across the firm, including integrating                 orders and provide an additional venue
                                                the Exchange is not proposing to change                                                                        for seeking liquidity. The Exchange
                                                what is considered to be material, non-                 options positions with other positions of
                                                                                                        the firm, or as applicable, by respective              believes the adoption of the proposed
                                                public information that an affiliate of a                                                                      rules allowing for an open-outcry floor
                                                Floor Participant could share with the                  trading unit.
                                                                                                           Finally, FINRA has an exam program                  is consistent with the goals of the Act
                                                Floor Participant. In that regard, Rule                                                                        to remove the impediments to and
                                                                                                        that reviews Participants for compliance
                                                3090 does not permit affiliates to have                                                                        perfect the mechanism of a free and
                                                                                                        with such procedures. As such, Floor
                                                access to any non-public order or quote                                                                        open market because it will benefit
                                                                                                        Participants will be subject to FINRA’s
                                                information of the Floor Participant,                                                                          Participants by providing an additional
                                                                                                        review when implementing such
                                                including hidden or undisplayed size or                                                                        mechanism for Participants to provide
                                                                                                        policies and procedures for the Trading
                                                price information on such orders or                                                                            and seek liquidity for large and complex
                                                                                                        Floor. In addition, once implemented,
                                                quotes. Affiliates of Floor Participants                                                                       orders. The Exchange believes that the
                                                                                                        FINRA would continue to monitor a
                                                would only have access to order and                                                                            nature of open outcry transactions lends
                                                                                                        Floor Participant’s compliance with
                                                quotes that are publicly available to all                                                                      itself better to larger-sized transactions
                                                                                                        those policies and procedures consistent
                                                market participants and the Exchange                                                                           than the liquidity that is generally
                                                                                                        with the current exam-based regulatory
                                                believes the current surveillance                                                                              available electronically and the
                                                                                                        program associated with BOX Rule
                                                procedures are sufficient to monitor and                                                                       proposed rules would encourage greater
                                                                                                        3090.
                                                protecting against the misuse of material                  Lastly, the Exchange notes that it will             participation in such large trades.
                                                non-public information with regard to                   submit a separate filing to the SEC                    Therefore, the proposed rule changes
                                                any communications on and off the                       which will cover minor rule violations                 will benefit the market as a whole by
                                                Trading Floor.                                          on the Trading Floor. Specifically, the                providing an additional venue for
                                                  The Exchange notes that all current                   Exchange will file with the SEC to                     market participants to seek liquidity for
                                                Options Participants already have in                    amend the Exchange’s Minor Rule                        large-sized and complex orders.
                                                place written policies and procedures to                Violation Plan in Rule 12140. The                      Providing an additional venue for these
                                                comply with Rule 3090 and such                          Exchange will not commence operation                   orders will benefit investors, the
                                                policies and procedures have been                       of the Trading Floor until the Minor                   national market system, Participants,
                                                approved by BOX Regulation.218 As                       Rule Violation Plan has been amended                   and the Exchange’s market by increasing
                                                such, Floor Participants would be                       to include violations which occur on the               competition for order flow and
                                                obligated to ensure that their policies                 Trading Floor.                                         executions, and thereby spur product
                                                and procedures reflect the current state                                                                       enhancements and lower prices. The
                                                of their business and continue to be                    Trading Floor Data                                     Exchange believes that the proposal is
                                                reasonably designed to achieve                             The Exchange will provide the                       designed to prevent fraudulent and
                                                compliance with applicable federal                      Commission with data related to activity               manipulative acts and practices because
                                                securities laws and regulations,                        on the Trading Floor. Specifically, the                all surveillance coverage currently
                                                including Section 15(g) of the Act,219                  Exchange will provide information                      performed by the Exchange will cover
                                                and with applicable Exchange rules,                     regarding size, participation, price                   trading from the Trading Floor.
                                                including being reasonably designed to                  improvement by spread and trade type,                  Additionally, the Exchange will have
                                                protect against the misuse of material,                 effective spread, Floor Market Maker                   surveillance coverage in place to
                                                non-public information. While                           participation, and BOX Book                            monitor issues unique to the Trading
                                                information barriers are not required,                  participation. This information will be                Floor.
                                                Rule 3090(a) requires that a Participant                provided on a confidential basis with                     The Exchange believes the proposed
                                                consider its business model or business                 non-firm specific information being                    changes to Rule 100(a) to include
                                                activities in structuring its policies and              available quarterly on the Exchange’s                  definitions of Floor Participant and
                                                procedures, which may dictate that an                   Web site.                                              Trading Floor are consistent with the
                                                information barrier or a functional                                                                            goals of the Act. Specifically, the
                                                                                                        2. Statutory Basis                                     proposed changes are designed to
                                                separation be part of the appropriate set
                                                of policies and procedures that would                      Insert text from Item 3b. [sic] The                 protect investors and the public interest
                                                be reasonably designed to achieve                       Exchange believes that its proposal is                 by providing background and clarity in
                                                                                                                                                               the Rulebook. Additionally, proposed
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                compliance with applicable securities                   consistent with Section 6(b) of the
                                                law and regulations and with applicable                 Act 220 in general, and furthers the                   Rule 100(b) will provide additional
                                                Exchange rules.                                         objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the                   clarity in the Rulebook. Specifically, the
                                                                                                        Act 221 in particular, in that it is                   definition for Presiding Exchange
                                                  218 FINRA currently approves Rule 3090                designed to prevent fraudulent and                     Officials provides Floor Participants
                                                procedures on behalf of BOX Regulation pursuant                                                                with notice of who is responsible for
                                                to a Regulatory Services Agreement.                      220 15   U.S.C. 78f(b).                               monitoring and regulating the Trading
                                                  219 15 U.S.C. 780(g).                                  221 15   U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).                            Floor. The other sections of proposed


                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00159    Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM   23MYN1


                                                23680                            Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                Rule 100(b) provide general background                  requirements including floor trading                  reasonable and further the objectives of
                                                for Floor Participants in the beginning                 examinations for all other Trading Floor              the Act. Specifically, the proposal
                                                of the Rulebook that will aid in                        personnel, including clerks, interns,                 relates to restrictions and conduct of
                                                understanding the applicable rules                      stock execution clerks and other                      Clerks on the Trading Floor that are
                                                throughout, which will protect investors                associated persons, are reasonable as                 designed to maintain order on the
                                                and the public by making the                            well. Specifically, these examinations                Trading Floor. Additionally, the
                                                Exchange’s Rulebook simpler to                          address industry and Exchange specific                proposal will make clear the rights and
                                                understand. Additionally, the Exchange                  topics that establish the foundation for              responsibilities of Clerks on the Trading
                                                notes that the various sections of                      the regulatory and procedural                         Floor. The Exchange notes the proposed
                                                proposed Rule 100(b) are based on the                   knowledge necessary to appropriately                  Rule related to Clerks on the Trading
                                                rules of another exchange with an open-                 register under the Exchange rules. The                Floor is based on the rule of another
                                                outcry floor.222                                        proposed registration requirements for                exchange.232
                                                  The Exchange believes that the                        associated persons are reasonable                        The Exchange believes the proposed
                                                proposed Rule detailing the                             because they will help the Exchange to                Rule relating to disputes on the Trading
                                                requirements for public outcry 223 is                   determine if a registrant is qualified to             Floor will provide clarity and direction
                                                reasonable and consistent with the Act.                 be on the Trading Floor and therefore                 for the resolution of such disputes.233
                                                Specifically, the Exchange believes this                will protect investors and the public                 The proposed Rule will contribute to
                                                proposal is designed to protect investors               interest. Additionally, the proposed                  the maintenance of a fair and orderly
                                                and public interest by making clear the                 Rules covering eligibility and                        market by clearly laying out the dispute
                                                requirements for open outcry. The                       registration are based on the rules of                resolution process. Additionally, by first
                                                Exchange believes that the default of a                 another exchange that has an open-                    allowing the interested Floor
                                                Floor Market Maker being ‘‘out’’                        outcry floor.226                                      Participants an opportunity to settle the
                                                promotes just and equitable principles                                                                        disagreement, the Exchange is providing
                                                of trade by ensuring a Floor Market                     Trading on the Exchange Floor
                                                                                                                                                              a reasonable opportunity for the
                                                Maker is only allocated if he desires.                     The Exchange believes that the                     interested parties to reach an equitable
                                                Additionally, the Exchange believes that                proposed rules governing activity on the              agreement. The Exchange believes that
                                                requiring a Floor Broker to give Floor                  Trading Floor, including Trading Floor                allowing an Options Exchange Official
                                                Participants a reasonable amount of                     hours, opening the market, admittance,                to settle disputes is reasonable and is
                                                time to respond to an order will protect                joint accounts, and dealings on the                   designed to promote just and equitable
                                                investors and the public interest by                    Trading Floor,227 are reasonable                      principles of trade by having an
                                                ensuring that there is an opportunity for               restrictions that are designed to further             independent third party settle the
                                                robust interaction on the Trading Floor.                the objectives of the Act. Specifically,              dispute. The Exchange believes that the
                                                                                                        the proposed rules are designed to                    dispute resolution process is further
                                                Participant Eligibility and Registration                maintain order and structure on the                   strengthened by allowing Floor
                                                  The Exchange believes that the                        Trading Floor and apply to all Floor                  Participants the ability to appeal an
                                                proposed registration requirements,                     Participants. Additionally, these rules               Options Exchange Official’s ruling. In
                                                including floor trading examinations, if                are based on those of competing options               addition, the Exchange believes that its
                                                required, for Floor Brokers,224 Floor                   exchanges that also have open-outcry                  proposal is consistent with Section 6(b)
                                                Market Makers and registered                            floors.228                                            of the Act 234 in general, and furthers the
                                                representatives on the Trading Floor, are                  The Exchange believes the proposal to
                                                                                                                                                              objective of Section 6(b)(4) of the Act 235
                                                reasonable and further the objectives of                require each Options Participant that
                                                                                                                                                              in particular, in that it is an equitable
                                                the Act.225 Specifically, these                         physically conducts business on the
                                                                                                                                                              allocation of reasonable fees and other
                                                examinations address industry and                       Trading Floor to procure and maintain
                                                                                                                                                              charges among Exchange members. The
                                                Exchange specific topics that establish                 liability insurance 229 should assist in
                                                                                                                                                              Exchange believes that this proposal is
                                                the foundation for the regulatory and                   preventing unnecessary waste of
                                                                                                                                                              equitable in that the appeal fee would
                                                procedural knowledge necessary for                      Exchange resources, which can be easily
                                                                                                                                                              apply to all Participants equally. The
                                                individuals required to register as Floor               diverted to defending litigation claims
                                                                                                                                                              Exchange believes the appeal fee
                                                Brokers or Floor Market Makers and for                  and responding to non-Exchange related
                                                                                                                                                              amount is reasonable as a similar fee
                                                such individuals to appropriately                       litigation matters on behalf of its
                                                register under the Exchange’s Rules.                    Participants. The proposal is meant to                exists on other option exchange with an
                                                Requiring these examinations will help                  prevent the Exchange from diverting                   open outcry trading floor.236 The
                                                promote consistency in examination                      valued resources away from its main                   addition of the appeal fee will help the
                                                requirements and uniformity across the                  regulatory responsibilities and being                 Exchange offset costs associated with
                                                markets. Additionally, the registration                 consumed in litigation designed to                    reviewing contested rulings by an
                                                requirements for Floor Participants are                 siphon Exchange monies and staff. The                 Options Exchange Official.
                                                                                                                                                                 The Exchange believes it is reasonable
                                                reasonable because they will help the                   Exchange notes the proposal to require
                                                                                                                                                              to exclude Floor Market Makers and
                                                Exchange to determine if a registrant is                liability insurance is based on the rules
                                                                                                                                                              Floor Brokers who do not conduct
                                                qualified to be a Floor Broker or Floor                 of another exchange.230
                                                                                                           The Exchange is proposing various                  business with the public from Rule
                                                Market Maker and therefore will protect
                                                                                                        rules related to Clerks on the Trading                4180.237 Rule 4180 deals with
                                                investors and the public interest.
                                                  Similarly, the Exchange believes that                 Floor 231 that the Exchange believes are              requirements for Participants that are
                                                prescribing appropriate registration                                                                          approved to transact business with the
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                          226 See PHLX Rule 620(a) and (b).                   public; therefore the proposed Rule is
                                                  222 See                                                 227 See proposed Rules 7070(d), 7500, 7510, 7520,
                                                           PHLX Rules 1000(e), 1000(f),
                                                                                                                                                                232 See PHLX Rule 1090.
                                                1000(g),1080.06, and CBOE Rule 6.74(a).                 and 7650.
                                                   223 See proposed Rule 100(b)(5).                       228 See PHLX Rules 1017(c), 102, 104, 443, and        233 See proposed Rule 7640.
                                                   224 Floor Brokers are required to complete a floor   772.                                                    234 15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                                                                                                          229 See proposed Rule 7230(f).                        235 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).
                                                trading examination. See proposed Rules 2020(h)
                                                and 7550.                                                 230 See PHLX Rule 652(c)(2).                          236 See PHLX Rule 124(d)(iii).
                                                   225 See proposed Rules 2020(h) and (i).                231 See proposed Rule 7630.                           237 See proposed Rule 4180(g).




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00160   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM      23MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                                       23681

                                                simply clarifying that Rule 4180 will not               Executions and Priority                               could submit an order for a covered
                                                apply to Floor Market Makers and Floor                     The proposed rule change is                        account from off the Trading Floor to an
                                                Brokers who do not conduct business                     consistent with Section 11(a) of the Act              unaffiliated Floor Broker for
                                                with the Public. The Exchange notes the                 and the rules thereunder. The                         representation on the Trading Floor and
                                                proposed Rule is based on the rule of                   Commission has stated that it believes                use the effect versus execute exemption
                                                another exchange.238                                    all electronic executions executed                    (assuming the other conditions of the
                                                  The proposal outlining bids and offers                against interest on the BOX Book are                  rule are satisfied).246 A Participant,
                                                made on the Trading Floor and the                       consistent with the requirements of                   relying on the ‘‘effect versus execute’’
                                                solicitation of quotations on the Trading               Section 11(a) of the Act.                             exemption, could not submit an order
                                                Floor 239 provides clarifying information                  Under the proposed rule change,                    for a covered account to its ‘‘house’’
                                                to Floor Participants on how bidding                    Participants will be prohibited from                  Floor Broker on the Trading Floor for
                                                and offering on the Trading Floor will                  utilizing the Trading Floor to effect any             execution. At no time following the
                                                work; therefore, the proposal is                        transaction for covered accounts.                     submission of an order utilizing the
                                                designed to protect investors and the                   Participants are subject to review with               Trading Floor will the submitting
                                                public interest by making the proposed                  respect to such compliance.
                                                operation of the Trading Floor clear in                                                                       Participant or any associated person of
                                                                                                           Under the proposed rules, no covered
                                                the Exchange’s rules. The proposal is                   account transactions utilizing the                    such Participant acquire control or
                                                based on the rules of another                           Trading Floor may use the G Exemption.                influence over the result or timing of the
                                                exchange.240                                            Participants may only rely upon other                 order’s execution.
                                                                                                        exceptions to Section 11(a)(1) of the Act                The Exchange believes that the
                                                Floor Brokers
                                                                                                        when interacting with the Trading Floor               proposed rules applicable to executions
                                                   The Exchange believes that the                       or the BOX Book utilizing the Trading                 and priority 247 are designed to promote
                                                proposed rules applicable to Floor                      Floor.244 The proposed rule changes                   just and equitable principles of trade,
                                                Brokers,241 including responsibilities                  would not limit in any way the                        remove impediments to and perfect the
                                                and restrictions, are designed to                       obligation of a BOX Participant, while                mechanism of a free and open market
                                                promote just and equitable principles of                acting as a Floor Broker or otherwise, to             and a national market system, and, in
                                                trade, remove impediments to and                        comply with Section 11(a) or the rules                general to protect investors and the
                                                perfect the mechanism of a free and                     thereunder.245                                        public interest. As explained above,
                                                open market and a national market                          Notwithstanding proposed IM–7600–
                                                                                                                                                              executions from the Trading Floor will
                                                system, and, in general to protect                      5, under Rule 11a2–2(T), the so-called
                                                                                                        ‘‘effect vs. execute’’ rule, a Participant            be consistent with options trade-through
                                                investors and the public interest.
                                                                                                        may effect transactions on the Trading                and priority rules and the Exchange’s
                                                Specifically, the proposed rules will
                                                provide guidance and restrictions for                   Floor for its covered accounts by using               systems are designed to help ensure that
                                                Floor Brokers operating on the Trading                  another Participant, acting as a Floor                an execution from the Trading Floor
                                                Floor. The proposed registration                        Broker, provided that (i) the executing               cannot occur in violation of those rules.
                                                requirements for Floor Brokers will                     Floor Broker is not an associated person              Specifically, when a QOO Order is
                                                protect investors and the public interest               of the initiating Participant, (ii) the               submitted to the Trading Host for
                                                by ensuring that all Floor Brokers are                  covered account order must be                         execution, the Exchange’s system will
                                                registered with the Exchange and that                   transmitted from off the Trading Floor,               evaluate the current market conditions
                                                the Exchange approved each Floor                        (iii) neither the initiating Participant nor          to ensure that the execution price is
                                                Broker before they were admitted to the                 any associated person of the initiating               equal to or better than the NBBO. It is
                                                Trading Floor.                                          Participant participates in execution of              the Exchange’s understanding that
                                                   The proposed responsibilities for                    the order after the covered account                   traditionally on trading floors when a
                                                Floor Brokers 242 are designed to further               order has been transmitted for execution              Floor Broker executed an order in the
                                                the goals of the Act. Specifically, the                 from off the Trading Floor (referred to               trading crowd verbally, that order was
                                                requirement that a Floor Broker use due                 below as the ‘‘non-participation                      deemed executed; when the Floor
                                                diligence in handling an order and the                  requirement’’); and (iv) if the transaction           Broker then entered the execution price
                                                requirement to ascertain that at least one              is being effected for an account over                 electronically to complete the
                                                Floor Market Maker is present when the                  which the initiating Participant or an
                                                                                                                                                              processing of the trade, including trade
                                                order is announced on the Trading                       associated person of that Participant
                                                                                                        exercises investment discretion, neither              reporting to the tape, markets can
                                                Floor, are designed to promote just and                                                                       change such that the execution price
                                                equitable principles of trade, and, in                  the initiating Participant nor any
                                                                                                        associated person may retain any                      was outside the NBBO or violated the
                                                general to protect investors and the                                                                          priority of orders now resting on the
                                                public interest by providing the                        compensation in connection with
                                                                                                        effecting the transaction unless express              electronic book of the exchange. By
                                                opportunity for additional interaction
                                                                                                        written consent to such retention has                 having the QOO Order execute when it
                                                and price improvement from any Floor
                                                                                                        been obtained from the person or                      is received by the Trading Host, the
                                                Market Maker. The Exchange believes
                                                the various restrictions on Floor Brokers               persons authorized to transact business               Exchange is providing a system that will
                                                are reasonable and are in line with those               for the managed account in the manner                 prevent executions that appear to be at
                                                on another exchange with an open-                       provided in the rule. Thus, a Participant             prices that are worse than the NBBO
                                                outcry floor.243                                        (not acting in a market-making capacity)              due to the time they are reported.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                                                                              Specifically, the Exchange’s system will
                                                                                                          244 For example, other § 11(a)(1) exemptions
                                                  238 See PHLX Rule 705(f)(1)(B).                                                                             automatically enforce BOX Book
                                                  239 See
                                                                                                        include, the ‘‘effect vs. execute’’ exemption, the
                                                          proposed Rule 7040(d).                        market maker exemption, and the error account
                                                  240 See PHLX Rule 1033(a).                                                                                     246 Orders for covered accounts that rely on the
                                                                                                        exemption.
                                                  241 See proposed Rules 7540, 7550, 7570, 7580,          245 A Floor Broker may utilize the Trading Floor    ‘‘effect versus execute’’ exemption will be
                                                and 7590.                                               to effect a transaction for a covered account only    transmitted from a remote location directly to the
                                                  242 See proposed Rule 7580.
                                                                                                        pursuant to proposed Rule 7540 and for purposes       Trading Floor by electronic means.
                                                  243 See PHLX Rules 155, 1063, and 1065.               of liquidating error positions.                          247 See proposed Rules 7600 and 7610.




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00161   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM   23MYN1


                                                23682                          Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                priority 248 and trade-through                          providing at least one leg with an                    QOO Order is designed to ensure that
                                                provisions.                                             improved price compared to bids or                    all orders submitted by Floor Brokers
                                                   The Exchange further believes that                   offers on the BOX Book. Additionally,                 are systematized before they are
                                                protecting non-Public Customer interest                 the Exchange notes that these Complex                 announced to the trading crowd.259 The
                                                on the BOX Book that is ranked ahead                    Orders executed on trading floors can be              Exchange believes that the features of
                                                of Public Customer interest is consistent               large and complex and the proposed                    the QOO Order are designed to promote
                                                with just and equitable principles of                   treatment of Complex Orders on the                    just and equitable principles of trade, to
                                                trade because it maintains the                          Trading Floor will increase the ability               remove impediments to and protect the
                                                Exchange’s existing price/time priority                 for Floor Brokers to execute these                    mechanism of a free and open market
                                                rules by protecting interest that has time              complex trades to the benefit of market               and a national market system, and, in
                                                priority over Public Customer interest                  participants. The Exchange believes that              general to protect investors and the
                                                that has priority. The Exchange also                    allowing Floor Brokers to disable the                 public interest.
                                                notes that this proposed priority                       NBBO aspect of the Complex Order                         The Exchange believes that the
                                                interaction with the BOX Book is the                    Filter when executing a Complex QOO                   proposed rules governing order
                                                same as NYSE Arca.249 Additionally,                     Order is reasonable because other                     allocation 260 are reasonable and
                                                the Exchange’s proposed interaction                     exchanges do not have NBBO protection                 consistent with the Act. Specifically, the
                                                with orders on the BOX Book actually                    for complex orders.256                                proposed rules relating to the allocation
                                                provides additional opportunities for                      The Exchange believes that the                     of orders align the Exchange’s Rules
                                                orders on the BOX Book to interact with                 Trading Host, including the BOG as a                  with the rules of another options
                                                trades on the Trading Floor as compared                 component of the Trading Host,257 will                exchange with an open outcry trading
                                                to other exchanges with open-outcry                     further the objectives and goals of the               floor.261 The Exchange believes the
                                                floors. Specifically, other exchanges                   Act. Specifically, the ability of the                 proposed rule change is designed to
                                                with open-outcry floors only require                    Trading Host to provide an electronic                 protect investors and the public interest
                                                floor trades to yield priority to Public                audit trail will help prevent fraudulent              by providing clarity and detail with
                                                Customer Orders on the electronic                       and manipulative acts and practices,                  regard to the allocation process on the
                                                book.250                                                promote just and equitable principles of              Trading Floor. Additionally, the
                                                   The Exchange believes that the                       trade, and remove impediments to and                  Exchange believes the proposed
                                                proposal to provide a Floor Broker with                 perfect the mechanisms of a free and                  procedures a Floor Broker must follow
                                                a guarantee for certain orders initiating               open market and a national market                     when allocating an order are designed to
                                                from the Trading Floor 251 is reasonable                system. All transactions on the Trading               promote just and equitable principles of
                                                and is consistent with the Act.                         Floor must be submitted through the                   trade by ensuring that priority on the
                                                Specifically, the proposal will reward                  BOG for processing by the Trading Host,               Exchange is enforced.
                                                Floor Brokers who bring large orders to                 which will allow the Exchange to                         The Exchange believes that the book
                                                the Exchange by guaranteeing them the                   provide a complete and accurate audit                 sweep size in proposed Rule 7600(h) is
                                                ability to cross a certain percentage. The              trail and minimize the occurrences of                 consistent with Section 6(b)(5) of the
                                                Exchange notes that another options                     disputes and regulatory violations. The               Act.262 In particular, the book sweep
                                                exchange provides a guarantee on their                  Trading Host is designed to prohibit                  size promotes just and equitable
                                                trading floor.252 Additionally, the                     trade-through violations by preventing                principles of trade, removes
                                                Exchange currently provides a guarantee                 an execution at a price worse than the                impediments to and perfects the
                                                with respect to auction transactions                    NBBO.                                                 mechanism of a free and open market
                                                executed on the Exchange.253                               The Exchange believes requiring that
                                                                                                                                                              and a national market system and, in
                                                   The Exchange believes that the                       all transactions on the Trading Floor
                                                                                                                                                              general protects investors and the public
                                                proposed priority provisions for                        must be executed by the Trading Host
                                                                                                                                                              interest by increasing the interaction of
                                                Complex QOO Orders are reasonable                       will increase the speed and efficiency in
                                                                                                                                                              the Trading Floor with the BOX Book,
                                                because they align the Exchange’s Rules                 which Floor Brokers handle orders,
                                                                                                                                                              which will be beneficial to all market
                                                with the rules of other exchanges with                  thereby making the Exchange’s market
                                                                                                                                                              participants. Specifically, the Exchange
                                                open-outcry floors.254 Specifically, the                more efficient, to the benefit of the
                                                                                                                                                              believes that the book sweep
                                                Exchange will allow Complex QOO                         investing public and consistent with
                                                                                                                                                              functionality will enhance execution
                                                Orders from the Trading Floor to                        promoting just and equitable principles
                                                                                                                                                              efficiency and regulatory oversight on
                                                execute without giving priority to                      of trade.
                                                                                                           The Exchange believes that the                     the Trading Floor by making certain that
                                                equivalent bids (offers) in the individual                                                                    a Floor Broker’s order will first trade
                                                series legs on the initiating side,                     proposal to adopt a new order type 258
                                                                                                                                                              with all available Public Customer
                                                provided at least one options leg betters               for all executions originating on the
                                                                                                                                                              interest on the BOX Book and any non-
                                                the corresponding bid or offer on the                   Trading Floor is consistent with the Act.
                                                                                                                                                              Public Customer interest ranked ahead
                                                BOX Book by at least one minimum                        Specifically, as mentioned above, the
                                                                                                                                                              of such Public Customer interest at the
                                                trading increment as set forth in Rule                  new order type will help Floor Brokers
                                                                                                                                                              execution price. The Exchange believes
                                                7240(b)(1).255 BOX believes this is                     initiating orders on the Trading Floor.
                                                                                                                                                              that without the book sweep size, the
                                                consistent with the Act because it is                   The various elements of the QOO Order
                                                                                                                                                              Exchange Act’s goal of creating an
                                                                                                        are designed to aid Floor Brokers in
                                                  248 Floor Brokers are responsible for complying       their duties on the Trading Floor. For                  259 In order to execute a QOO Order from the
                                                with priority among Floor Participants on the           example, by having the QOO Order                      Trading Floor, it must be sent from a Floor Broker’s
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                Trading Floor.
                                                  249 See NYSE Arca Rules 6.47 and 6.75.
                                                                                                        execute when it is processed by the                   system to the BOG. This requires that the Floor
                                                                                                        Trading Host, the Exchange is providing               Broker adequately systemized the QOO Order. The
                                                  250 See PHLX Rule 1014.05(c), CBOE Rule 6.45(a),
                                                                                                                                                              Exchange also notes that Floor Brokers will be
                                                and NYSE MKT Rule 963NY(a).                             an accurate timestamp of when the                     subject to regulatory oversight by the Exchange to
                                                  251 See proposed Rule 7600(f).                        order was executed. Additionally, the                 review whether Floor Brokers are properly
                                                  252 See PHLX Rule 1064.02.                                                                                  systematizing orders.
                                                  253 See Rule 7150 Price Improvement Period.            256 See ISE Rule 722(b)(3).                            260 See proposed Rule 7600(d).
                                                  254 See NYSE Arca Rule 6.75(g).                        257 See proposed Rule 100(b)(2).                       261 See NYSE Arca Rules 6.47 and 6.75.
                                                  255 See proposed Rule 7600(c).                         258 See proposed Rule 7600.                            262 15 U.S.C. 78(f)(b)(5).




                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00162   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM   23MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices                                                      23683

                                                efficient market system will not be                     execution oversight. Specifically, the                to fairly and efficiently regulate its Floor
                                                supported, as a Floor Broker may                        Exchange believes that the book sweep                 Market Makers by utilizing a consistent
                                                attempt to execute an order without first               size will allow BOX to electronically                 rule set of obligations and restrictions.
                                                exhausting priority interest. Instead, the              link in a single audit trail the Floor                The Exchange believes the proposed
                                                proposed book sweep size removes                        Broker execution and any execution                    changes reflect similar Market Maker
                                                impediments to and perfects the                         with interest on the BOX Book.                        obligations and restrictions already in
                                                mechanism of a free and open market                        The Exchange believes that the                     place on BOX’s electronic exchange.270
                                                and a national market system by                         proposal outlining the resolution of                  The proposed changes simply align the
                                                providing an alternative that will                      uncompared trades 265 will provide                    existent obligations and restrictions of
                                                increase the opportunity for orders on                  clarity and direction for Floor                       Market Makers with the use of a trading
                                                the Trading Floor to interact with                      Participants when a disagreement arises               floor with certain exceptions.
                                                interest on the BOX Book, which in turn                 from an uncompared Exchange options                   Specifically, instead of providing $5
                                                has the potential to increase liquidity                 transaction that cannot be resolved by                bid/ask differentials as provided in Rule
                                                for all orders on the BOX Book. The                     mutual agreement. The Exchange                        8040(a)(7), the Exchange is proposing
                                                Exchange notes that this approach is not                believes this proposal is designed to                 stricter bid/ask differentials. The
                                                entirely novel; as mentioned above,                     protect investors and public interest by              Exchange believes that the proposed
                                                PHLX’s FBMS contains a functionality                    making the proposed resolution of                     bid/ask differentials for Floor Market
                                                that will help a Floor Broker clear                     uncompared trades clear in the                        Makers are reasonable and will protect
                                                PHLX’s electronic book so a floor based                 Exchange’s rules. Further, the proposal               investors and the public interest by
                                                order can execute.263 Specifically, if a                is based on the rules of another                      providing the opportunity for better
                                                Floor Broker on PHLX enters a two-                      exchange.266                                          execution prices on the Trading Floor
                                                sided order through the FBMS, and                                                                             when a Floor Market Maker is involved.
                                                there is interest on the PHLX electronic                Communications and Equipment                          Additionally, the Exchange believes that
                                                book at a price that would prevent the                    The Exchange believes the proposed                  the proposed changes fall in line with
                                                Floor Broker’s order from executing, the                Rule involving communications and                     similar trading floor rules at other
                                                FBMS will provide the Floor Broker                      equipment on the Trading Floor 267                    exchanges.271
                                                with the quantity of contracts on the                   includes reasonable restrictions that are                The Exchange believes that the
                                                electronic book that have priority and                  consistent with the requirements of the               proposed continuous open outcry
                                                need to be satisfied before the Floor                   Act. Specifically, the proposed Rule will             quoting requirement for Floor Market
                                                Broker’s order can execute at the agreed                provide the Exchange with the ability to              Makers in proposed Rule 8510(c)(2) is
                                                upon price.264 If the Floor Broker                      monitor equipment on the Trading Floor                consistent with Section 6(b)(5) of the
                                                wishes to still execute his order, he can               and therefore provide adequate                        Act. In particular, the continuous
                                                cause a portion of the floor based order                oversight of the Trading Floor.                       quoting requirement is designed to
                                                to trade against this priority interest on              Additionally, the proposal will allow                 promote just and equitable principles of
                                                the electronic book, thereby clearing the               the Exchange to limit use of a                        trade, remove impediments to and
                                                interest and permitting the remainder of                communication device when such                        perfect the mechanism of a free and
                                                the Floor Broker’s order to trade at the                device interferes with normal operation               open market and a national market
                                                desired price. The PHLX FBMS                            of the Exchange’s own systems or                      system, and, in general to protect the
                                                functionality is optional, and a Floor                  facilities or with the Exchange’s                     investors and the public interest.
                                                Broker can decide not to trade against                  regulatory duties, is inconsistent with               Specifically, the Exchange believes that
                                                the electronic book and therefore not                   the public interest, the protection of                the continuous open outcry quoting
                                                execute his two-sided order at the                      investors or just and equitable                       requirement for Market Makers will
                                                particular price. The Exchange believes                 principles of trade, or interferes with the           benefit investors, the national market
                                                that the Trading Floor book sweep size                  obligations of a Participant to fulfill its           system, Participants, and the Exchange
                                                improves upon PHLX’s FBMS                               duties under, or is used to facilitate any            by ensuring that Floor Market Makers
                                                functionality by either immediately                     violation of the Act or rules thereunder,             provide liquidity to the Trading Floor to
                                                executing or rejecting the order                        or Exchange rules. Additionally, the                  the benefit of market participants.
                                                depending on the book sweep size                        Exchange notes that the proposal is                   Lastly, the Exchange believes that the
                                                provided and the level of priority                      consistent with rules of other                        proposed rule is non-discriminatory as
                                                interest on the BOX Book. The Exchange                  exchanges.268                                         it will apply to all Floor Market Makers.
                                                believes the immediate execute or reject                                                                      B. Self-Regulatory Organization’s
                                                feature will allow for more execution                   Market Makers
                                                                                                                                                              Statement on Burden on Competition
                                                certainty and incentivize Floor Brokers                    The Exchange believes that the
                                                on BOX to provide an adequate book                      proposed Rules applicable to Floor                      The Exchange does not believe that
                                                sweep size if they want the order to be                 Market Makers 269 are reasonable and                  the proposed rule changes will impose
                                                eligible for execution. The Exchange                    will foster cooperation and coordination              any burden on competition not
                                                does not believe that the immediate                     with persons engaged in facilitating                  necessary or appropriate in furtherance
                                                execution or rejection will disadvantage                transactions in securities and will                   of the purposes of the Act. The
                                                Floor Brokers on BOX compared to                        remove impediments to and perfect the                 Exchange notes that other exchanges
                                                PHLX because it will provide certainty                  mechanism of a free and open market                   currently offer open-outcry floors. The
                                                to Floor Brokers. The Exchange believes                 and a national market system. The                     Exchange believes that the proposed
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                that the proposed book sweep size will                  Exchange also believes the proposed                   rules will allow the Exchange to
                                                protect investors and the public interest               changes enhance the Exchange’s ability                compete with these other exchanges.
                                                generally by establishing more                                                                                Additionally, while the proposed rule
                                                                                                         265 See proposed Rule 8530.                          changes would permit BOX to operate a
                                                  263 See PHLX Rule 1063(e)(iv).
                                                                                                         266 See PHLX Rule 1039.                              Trading Floor, the Exchange is not
                                                  264 See Securities Exchange Act Release No.            267 See proposed Rule 7660.
                                                                                                         268 See PHLX Rule 606 and CBOE Rule 6.23.              270 See   BOX Rules 8000, 8030, 8040, and 8050.
                                                68960 (February 20, 2013), 78 FR 13132 (February
                                                26, 2013) (SR– Phlx–2013–09) at 13134.                   269 See proposed Rules 8500 and 8510.                  271 See   PHLX Rules 1020 and 1014.



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00163   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM      23MYN1


                                                23684                          Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 98 / Tuesday, May 23, 2017 / Notices

                                                requiring that Participants register and                Commission, and all written                           I. Self-Regulatory Organization’s
                                                have a presence on the Trading Floor.                   communications relating to the                        Statement of the Terms of Substance of
                                                Therefore, the proposed rule changes do                 proposed rule change between the                      the Proposed Rule Change
                                                not impose a burden on intra-market                     Commission and any person, other than                    The Exchange filed a proposal to
                                                competition.                                            those that may be withheld from the                   amend Rule 20.6, entitled ‘‘Nullification
                                                   Overall, the proposal is pro-                        public in accordance with the                         and Adjustment of Options Transactions
                                                competitive for several reasons. In                     provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be                   including Obvious Errors.’’ Rule 20.6
                                                particular, by helping Floor Brokers at                 available for Web site viewing and                    relates to the adjustment and
                                                the Exchange compete for executions                     printing in the Commission’s Public                   nullification of transactions that occur
                                                against floor brokers at other exchanges,               Reference Room, 100 F Street NE.,                     on the Exchange’s equity options
                                                it also helps them to be more efficient                 Washington, DC 20549, on official                     platform (‘‘BZX Options’’).
                                                and provide a better audit trail of their               business days between the hours of                       The text of the proposed rule change
                                                executions on the Trading Floor. This,                  10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of such               is available at the Exchange’s Web site
                                                in turn, helps the Exchange compete                     filing also will be available for                     at www.bats.com, at the principal office
                                                against other exchanges in a deeply                                                                           of the Exchange, and at the
                                                                                                        inspection and copying at the principal
                                                competitive landscape. The Exchange                                                                           Commission’s Public Reference Room.
                                                                                                        office of the Exchange. All comments
                                                believes its proposed unique features for
                                                                                                        received will be posted without change;               II. Self-Regulatory Organization’s
                                                open-outcry trading will provide value
                                                to Floor Participants, which in turn, will              the Commission does not edit personal                 Statement of the Purpose of, and
                                                help the Exchange compete.272                           identifying information from                          Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule
                                                                                                        submissions. You should submit only                   Change
                                                C. Self-Regulatory Organization’s                       information that you wish to make
                                                Statement on Comments on the                            available publicly. All submissions                     In its filing with the Commission, the
                                                Proposed Rule Change Received From                      should refer to File Number SR–BOX–                   Exchange included statements
                                                Members, Participants, or Others                        2016–48 and should be submitted on or                 concerning the purpose of and basis for
                                                                                                        before June 13, 2017.                                 the proposed rule change and discussed
                                                  The Exchange has neither solicited
                                                                                                                                                              any comments it received on the
                                                nor received comments on the proposed                     For the Commission, by the Division of              proposed rule change. The text of these
                                                rule change.                                            Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated            statements may be examined at the
                                                III. Solicitation of Comments                           authority.273                                         places specified in Item IV below. The
                                                   Interested persons are invited to                    Eduardo A. Aleman,                                    Exchange has prepared summaries, set
                                                submit written data, views and                          Assistant Secretary.                                  forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of
                                                arguments concerning Amendment No.                      [FR Doc. 2017–10588 Filed 5–22–17; 8:45 am]           the most significant parts of such
                                                2, including whether the proposed rule                  BILLING CODE 8011–01–P
                                                                                                                                                              statements.
                                                change is consistent with the Act.                                                                            A. Self-Regulatory Organization’s
                                                Comments may be submitted by any of                                                                           Statement of the Purpose of, and
                                                the following methods:                                  SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE                               Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule
                                                                                                        COMMISSION                                            Change
                                                Electronic Comments
                                                  • Use the Commission’s Internet                       [Release No. 34–80709; File No. SR–
                                                                                                                                                              1. Purpose
                                                comment form (http://www.sec.gov/                       BatsBZX–2017–35]                                      Background
                                                rules/sro.shtml); or
                                                  • Send an email to rule-                                                                                       The Exchange and other options
                                                                                                        Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats                   exchanges recently adopted a new,
                                                comments@sec.gov. Please include File                   BZX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing of
                                                Number SR–BOX–2016–48 on the                                                                                  harmonized rule related to the
                                                                                                        a Proposed Rule Change To Amend                       adjustment and nullification of
                                                subject line.                                           Rule 20.6, Nullification and Adjustment               erroneous options transactions,
                                                Paper Comments                                          of Options Transactions Including                     including a specific provision related to
                                                  • Send paper comments in triplicate                   Obvious Errors                                        coordination in connection with large-
                                                to Secretary, Securities and Exchange                                                                         scale events involving erroneous
                                                                                                        May 17, 2017.
                                                Commission, 100 F Street NE.,                                                                                 options transactions.3 The Exchange
                                                Washington, DC 20549–1090.                                 Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the                believes that the changes the options
                                                All submissions should refer to File                    Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the                  exchanges implemented with the new,
                                                Number SR–BOX–2016–48. This file                        ‘‘Act’’),1 and Rule 19b–4 thereunder,2                harmonized rule have led to increased
                                                number should be included on the                        notice is hereby given that on May 5,                 transparency and finality with respect to
                                                subject line if email is used. To help the              2017, Bats BZX Exchange, Inc. (the                    the adjustment and nullification of
                                                Commission process and review your                      ‘‘Exchange’’ or ‘‘BZX’’) filed with the               erroneous options transactions.
                                                comments more efficiently, please use                   Securities and Exchange Commission                    However, as part of the initial initiative,
                                                only one method. The Commission will                    (‘‘Commission’’) the proposed rule                    the Exchange and other options
                                                post all comments on the Commission’s                   change as described in Items I and II                 exchanges deferred a few specific
                                                Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov/                  below, which Items have been prepared                 matters for further discussion.
                                                                                                                                                              Specifically, as described in the Initial
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES




                                                rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the                         by the Exchange. The Commission is
                                                submission, all subsequent                              publishing this notice to solicit                     Filing, the Exchange and all other
                                                amendments, all written statements                      comments on the proposed rule change                  options exchanges have been working to
                                                with respect to the proposed rule                       from interested persons.
                                                                                                                                                                3 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 74556
                                                change that are filed with the                                                                                (March 20, 2015), 80 FR 16031 (March 26, 2015)
                                                                                                          273 17CFR 200.30–3(a)(12).                          (SR–BATS–2014–067); see also Securities Exchange
                                                  272 Unique                                              1 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                                                             features include proposed Rules                                                                  Act Release No. 73884 (December 18, 2014), 79 FR
                                                7600(h) and 100(b)(5).                                    2 17 CFR 240.19b–4.                                 77557 (December 24, 2014) (the ‘‘Initial Filing’’).



                                           VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:15 May 22, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00164   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\23MYN1.SGM   23MYN1



Document Created: 2017-05-23 02:14:33
Document Modified: 2017-05-23 02:14:33
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
FR Citation82 FR 23657 

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR